A 33 e

CATHAY PACIFIC AIRWAYS LIMITED
INFLIGHT SERVICES DEPARTMENT
OPERATIONS PART B
CABIN CREW OPERATING MANUAL -

A330-300 (A33E)
This manual forms part of the Operations Manual for

Cathay Pacific Airways Limited and is to be used by
crew, staff, servants or agents of the Company. It is
Issued by the Inflight Services Department and is
authorised by the General Manager Inflight Services.
Revision
The holder of this manual is

responsible for its revision.
Cathay Pacific Confidential and Proprietary.

Copyright 2015, Cathay Pacific Airways Limited. All rights reserved.
MISS&S/pn/Org Issue (09 MAR 15) Page (i) Reverse side blank
UNCONTROLLED IF DOWNLOADED OR PRINTED

Introductory Cathay Pacific Airways Limited Chapter
Index ISD OPS PART B Section
A330-300 (A33E) Page iii
Org Issue 09 MAR 15
Index
Chapter 1 Technical
Cabin Crew Duties & Tasks
Chapter 2 A33E Normal Crew Complement
Chapter 3 A33E Minimum Crew Complement
Reverse side blank

[Introductory Cathay Pacific Airways Limited Chapter
Record Sheet ISD OPS PART B Section
A330-300 (A33E) Page v
Revision 2 30 SEP 15]
Revision Record Sheet
INCORPORATED
REV
BY DATE
1 INCORPORATED 31 MAY 15
2 INCORPORATED 30 SEP 15
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41

Record Sheet ISD OPS PART B Section
A330-300 (A33E) Page vi
Org Issue 09 MAR 15
Temporary Revision Record Sheet

Note: Record the issue of all Contents Checks and Temporary Revisions. When a Temporary Revision is
removed from the Manual, a line should be put through the record statement for that Temporary Revision
(e.g. TR1, 18/8/78).
TEMPORARY REVISION
INCORPORATED
TR LOCATION
BY DATE
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36

Effective Page ISD OPS PART B Section
A330-300 (A33E) Page vii
Revision 2 30 SEP 15
List Of Effective Pages
PAGE DATE PAGE DATE
Introductory 1-4-3/4 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15

1-4-5/6 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
i/IB 09 MAR 15 1-4-7/8 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
iii/IB 09 MAR 15 1-4-9/10 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
[v/vi 30 SEP 15 / 09 MAR 15 1-4-11/12 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
vii/viii 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 1-4-13/14 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
ix/IB 30 SEP 15 1-4-15/16 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
1-4-17/18 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
1-4-19/IB 30 SEP 15
1. Technical 1-5-1/2 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
1-5-3/4 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
1-0-1/2 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 1-5-5/6 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
1-0-3/IB 30 SEP 15 1-5-7/8 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
1-1-1/2 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 1-5-9/10 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
1-1-3/4 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 1-5-11/12 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
1-1-5/IB 30 SEP 15 1-5-13/IB 30 SEP 15
1-2-1/2 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 1-6-1/2 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
1-2-3/4 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 1-6-3/4 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
1-2-5/6 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 1-6-5/6 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
1-2-7/8 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 1-6-7/8 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
1-2-9/10 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 1-6-9/10 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
1-2-11/12 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 1-6-11/12 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
1-2-13/14 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 1-6-13/14 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
1-2-15/16 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 1-6-15/16 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
1-2-17/18 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 1-6-17/18 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
1-2-19/20 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 1-6-19/20 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
1-2-21/22 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 1-6-21/22 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
1-2-23/24 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 1-6-23/24 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
1-2-25/26 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 1-6-25/26 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
1-2-27/28 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 1-6-27/28 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
1-2-29/30 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 1-6-29/30 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
1-3-1/2 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 1-6-31/32 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
1-3-3/4 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 1-6-33/34 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
1-3-5/6 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 1-6-35/36 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
1-3-7/8 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 1-7-1/2 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
1-3-9/10 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 1-7-3/4 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
1-3-11/12 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 1-7-5/6 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
1-3-13/14 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 1-7-7/8 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
1-3-15/16 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 1-7-9/10 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
1-3-17/18 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 1-7-11/12 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
1-3-19/20 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 1-7-13/14 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
1-3-21/22 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 1-7-15/16 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
1-3-23/24 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 1-7-17/18 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
1-3-25/26 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 1-7-19/20 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
1-3-27/28 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 1-7-21/22 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
1-3-29/30 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 1-7-23/24 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
1-3-31/32 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 1-7-25/26 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
1-3-33/34 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 1-7-27/28 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
1-3-35/36 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 1-7-29/30 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
1-3-37/38 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 1-7-31/32 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
1-3-39/40 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 1-7-33/34 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
1-3-41/42 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 1-7-35/36 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
1-3-43/44 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 1-7-37/IB 30 SEP 15
1-3-45/46 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 1-8-1/2 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
1-3-47/48 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 1-8-3/4 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
1-4-1/2 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 1-8-5/6 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15]

A330-300 (A33E) Page viii
PAGE DATE PAGE DATE
[1-8-7/IB 30 SEP 15 2-2-1/2 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15

1-9-1/IB 30 SEP 15 2-2-3/4 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
1-10-1/2 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 2-2-5/6 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
1-10-3/4 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 2-2-7/8 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
1-10-5/6 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 2-2-9/10 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
1-10-7/8 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 2-2-11/IB 30 SEP 15
1-10-9/10 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 2-3-1/2 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
1-10-11/12 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 2-3-3/4 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
1-10-13/14 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 2-3-5/6 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
1-10-15/16 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 2-3-7/IB 30 SEP 15
1-10-17/18 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 2-4-1/2 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
1-10-19/20 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 2-4-3/4 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
1-10-21/22 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 2-4-5/6 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
1-10-23/24 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 2-4-7/8 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
1-10-25/26 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 2-5-1/2 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
1-10-27/28 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 2-5-3/4 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
1-10-29/30 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 2-5-5/6 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
1-10-31/32 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 2-5-7/8 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
1-10-33/34 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 2-5-9/IB 30 SEP 15
1-10-35/36 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 2-6-1/2 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
1-10-37/38 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 2-6-3/4 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
1-10-39/40 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 2-6-5/6 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
1-10-41/42 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 2-6-7/IB 30 SEP 15
1-10-43/44 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 2-7-1/2 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
1-10-45/46 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 2-7-3/4 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
1-10-47/48 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 2-7-5/6 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
1-10-49/50 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 2-7-7/IB 30 SEP 15
1-10-51/52 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 2-8-1/2 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
1-10-53/54 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 2-8-3/4 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
1-10-55/56 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 2-8-5/6 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
1-10-57/58 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 2-8-7/IB 30 SEP 15
1-10-59/60 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 2-9-1/2 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
1-10-61/62 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 2-9-3/4 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
1-10-63/64 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 2-9-5/6 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
1-10-65/66 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 2-10-1/2 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
1-10-67/68 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 2-10-3/4 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
1-10-69/70 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 2-10-5/6 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
1-10-71/72 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 2-10-7/8 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
1-10-73/74 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 2-11-1/2 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
2-11-3/4 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15

3. A33E Minimum Crew Complement
2. A33E Normal Crew
Complement 3-0-1/2 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
3-0-3/4 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
2-0-1/2 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 3-0-5/6 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
2-0-3/4 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 3-0-7/8 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
2-0-5/6 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 3-0-9/10 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
2-0-7/8 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 3-0-11/IB 30 SEP 15
2-0-9/10 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 3-1-1/2 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
2-0-11/12 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 3-1-3/4 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
2-0-13/14 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 3-1-5/6 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
2-1-1/2 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 3-1-7/8 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
2-1-3/4 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 3-1-9/10 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
2-1-5/6 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 3-1-11/12 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
2-1-7/8 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 3-1-13/IB 30 SEP 15
2-1-9/10 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 3-2-1/2 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
2-1-11/12 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15 3-2-3/4 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
2-1-13/IB 30 SEP 15 3-2-5/6 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15]

A330-300 (A33E) Page ix
PAGE DATE
[3-2-7/8 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15

3-2-9/10 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
3-2-11/IB 30 SEP 15
3-3-1/2 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
3-3-3/4 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
3-3-5/6 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
3-3-7/IB 30 SEP 15
3-4-1/2 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
3-4-3/4 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
3-4-5/6 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
3-4-7/8 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
3-4-9/IB 30 SEP 15
3-5-1/2 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
3-5-3/4 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
3-5-5/6 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
3-5-7/8 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
3-6-1/2 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
3-6-3/4 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
3-6-5/6 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
3-6-7/IB 30 SEP 15
3-7-1/2 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
3-7-3/4 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
3-7-5/6 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
3-7-7/IB 30 SEP 15
3-8-1/2 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
3-8-3/4 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
3-8-5/6 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15
3-8-7/8 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15]
Reverse side blank

[Technical Cathay Pacific Airways Limited Chapter 1
Table of Contents ISD OPS PART B Section 0
A330-300 (A33E) Page 1
Table of Contents
Aircraft General
General Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1-1
Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1-1
Aircraft Dimension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1-2
Landing Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1-3
Auxilliary Power Unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1-3
Aircraft Deck Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1-4
Cabin Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1-4
Door / Exit Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1-5
Flight Deck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1-5
Crew Complement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1-5
Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS)

General Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-1
Forward Attendant Panel (HLP/R/W) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-4
Forward Attendant Panel (Except HLP/R/W) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-9
Additional Attendant Panel (HLP/R/W). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-17
Additional Attendant Panel (Except HLP/R/W). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-18
Evacuation Signalling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-19
Emergency Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-21
Cabin Zone Programming (HLP/R/W) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-23
Cabin Zone Programming (Except HLP/R/W) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-25
FAP Set-Up (Except HLP/R/W) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-25
Door And Slide Cabin Control System (HLP/R/W) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-26
Door And Slide Cabin Control System (Except HLP/R/W) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-27
Water / Waste Quantity And Indication (HLP/R/W) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-28
Water / Waste Quantity And Indication (Except HLP/R/W) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-29
Vaccum Lavatory System Failure Message (HLP/R/W). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-30
Water Pre-Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-30
Water / Waste System FAP Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-30
Water / Waste Ice Protection FAP Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-30
Cabin Interior
Cabin Crew Station. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-1
Passenger Seating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-2
Business Class Seat. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-3
Economy Class Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-13
Passenger Service Module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-21
Overhead Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-22
Doghouse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-22
Closet / Stowage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-23
Lavatory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-29
Baby Bassinet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-41
Magazine Rack. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-44
Inflight Wheelchair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-45
Provision Of Curtains For Cabin Crew Discretionary Inflight Rest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-48

A330-300 (A33E) Page 2
Cabin System
Lighting System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4-1
Water And Waste System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4-8
Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4-11
Galley Ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4-12
Lavatory Ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4-12
Temperature Control From Cockpit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4-13
Temperature Control From Cabin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4-13
Heated Air Outlet System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4-17
Circuit Breaker Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4-18
Communication System
Interphone System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5-1
Passenger Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5-5
Area Call Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5-7
Passenger Call System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5-9
Chime System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5-11
Attendant Indication Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5-12
Ordinance Sign. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5-13
Galley System
Service Centre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6-1
Galley 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6-2
Galley 1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6-3
Galley 1L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6-4
Galley 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6-5
Galley 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6-6
Galley 5R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6-7
Galley 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6-8
Galley 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6-9
Stowage Unit S8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6-10
Galley Electrics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6-11
Frost Protection Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6-14
Refrigeration System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6-14
Galley Water System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6-17
Drain System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6-17
Steam Oven . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6-18
Hot Cup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6-21
Beverage Maker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6-22
Iacobucci Espresso Maker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6-25
Cart Stowage And Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6-28
Latches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6-29
Cart. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6-30
Service Trolley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6-32
Trash Compactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6-33

A330-300 (A33E) Page 3
Passenger Entertainment System (PES)

General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7-1
Liquid Crystal Display Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7-1
Personal Television (PTV) - Business Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7-1
Personal Television (PTV) - Economy Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7-1
Video Control Centre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7-2
Crew Terminal Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7-10
Log In Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7-11
Main Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7-12
Flight Info - Open Flight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7-13
System Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7-15
Boarding Music. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7-18
Safety Demo. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7-19
Audio Announcements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7-20
Entertainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7-22
Video Player Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7-23
Monitor Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7-24
Kids Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7-25
Airshow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7-26
Seat Mode And Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7-27
Seat Messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7-28
Visually Impaired . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7-30
Shopping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7-31
ACARS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7-32
Crew Handover Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7-34
USB Crew File Loading (currently unavailable until further notice) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7-36
Flight Info - Close Flight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7-37
Passenger Avionics
Wall Mounted Telephone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8-1
PCH Telephone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8-4
Inflight Power Source For Electronic Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8-5
Miscellaneous
Standard Equipment Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9-1
Troubleshooting
Cabin Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10-1
Cabin and Communication System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10-23
Galley System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10-26
Passenger Entertainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10-40
Reverse side blank

Aircraft General ISD OPS PART B Section 1
A330-300 (A33E) Page 1
Aircraft General
General Description
Engines 2 Rolls-Royce Trent 772
Length - Overall 63.689 m (208 ft 11.5 in)
Wing Span 60.304 m (197 ft 10 in)
Vertical Tail Height 16.828 m (55 ft 2.5 in)
Door / Exits 6 Main Doors
2 Emergency Exits
Flight Deck Stations Captain, First Officer and two observer seats
Cabin Crew Stations 2 single seats at L1 Door
1 single seat at R1 Door
1 single seat at L2 and R2 Doors
1 single seat at L3 and R3 Doors
2 single seats at L4 and R4 Doors
Performance
Cruising range Approx 6,000 km (3,300 miles) to 10,000 km (5,500
miles)
Maximum operating altitude Flight level 12,496.8 m (41,000 ft)
Maximum design speed VMO / MMO* 330 knots/0.86 mach
* Variable Metering Orifice / Mach Maximum Operating

A330-300 (A33E) Page 2
Aircraft Dimension
63.689m
208Ft 11.5in
9.37m
30Ft 9in
50.329m
165Ft 1.5in
16.828m
55Ft 2.5in
6.67m
21Ft 11in
25.375m
83Ft 3in
10.684m
35Ft 1.3in
60.304m
197Ft 10in

A330-300 (A33E) Page 3
Landing Gear
The landing gear consists of:
l Two inboard retracting MAIN GEARS
l One forward retracting NOSE GEAR
NOSE GEAR
MAIN LANDING GEAR
Auxilliary Power Unit

The Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) drives one generator for electric power and supplies pneumatics for air
conditioning and engine starting while the aircraft is on ground.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 4
Aircraft Deck Structure
BULK CARGO COMPARTMENT
FWD CARGO AFT CARGO COMPARTMENT

COMPARTMENT
BULK CARGO DOOR AFT CARGO DOOR FWD CARGO DOOR
Cabin Interior
The seat rail arrangement allows maximum flexibility in the seating layout. The seats are placed in different
configurations as below:
The cabin interior is partitioned into 2 sections : Business and Economy Class.
Double aisles are provided which extend continously throughout the length of the cabin. Crew seats are located
near each passenger / crew door and emergency exit.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 5
Door / Exit Location

There are 6 main doors (Type A) which provide an entry and exit path for normal servicing and passenger
loading. They also serve as emergency doors (equipped with escape sliderafts) and provide rapid escape routes
from the aircraft.
There are 2 emergency exits (Type 1) located at doors 3 L/R equipped with escape slides to provide rapid escape
routes for passengers and Cabin Crew in the area.
R4
R3
R2
R1
L4
L3
L2
L1
Flight Deck
The flight deck is situated in the nose section of the fuselage. It accommodates the Captain, the First Officer and
up to 2 observers.
Crew Complement
Normal crew complement is 2 Flight Crew and 10 Cabin Crew.
Reverse side blank

Cabin Intercommunication Data System ISD OPS PART B Section 2
A330-300 (A33E) Page 1
Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS)
General Description
The Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) is a micro processor-based system. It serves the purposes
of functional control, testing and monitoring of the cabin systems and is able to detect faults in its components
and the connected equipment by itself. It is connected to the following cabin systems:
l Air conditioning (temperature indication and control)
l Communication
l Fire Protection
l Ice Protection
l Lights
l Water / Waste Related Indication
The CIDS makes it possible to alter the cabin layout and configuration without changing the existing equipment.
All it will need is just a change of software.
The configuration data is stored in the Cabin Assignment Module (CAM) located in the Forward Attendant Panel
(FAP).
The CIDS contains many system properties and cabin layout information. Namely:
l Director
l Decoder / Encoder Units (DEU), Type A and B
l Passenger Interface and Supply Adapter (PISA)
l Forward Attendant Panel (FAP)
l Cabin Assignment Module (CAM)
l On Board Replaceable Module (OBRM)
l Additional Attendant Panel (AAP)
l Attendant Indication Panel (AIP)
l Area Call Panel (ACP)
l Handsets
l Loudspeakers
l Passenger Call / Reset Push Button
l Passenger Call Lights
l No Smoking (NS), Fasten Seat Belt (FSB), Return To Seat (RTS) signs
All components of the CIDS are connected to the two identical directors, one of them in active mode and the other
one in standby mode.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 2
The Directors, Decoder / Encoder Units (DEU), Forward Attendant Panel (FAP), Additional Attendant Panel (AAP)
and Attendant Indication Panel (AIP), all contain comprehensive built-in equipment circuitry. This allows the CIDS
to detect faults that occur in the connected systems and units. Should failure occur in the system, a CIDS
CAUTION signal is immediately sent to the respective location.
In the event of a major fault, respective information is sent additionally to the ECAM Status Page or to the ECAM
Warning Page.
HLP/R/W:
l CIDS CAUT light on FAP
For Cabin Crew related functions
l Messages on the Programming and Indication Module (PIM)
For Cabin Crew and maintenance related indications
Except HLP/R/W:
l CIDS CAUT light on FAP
For Cabin Crew and maintenance related indications
Integrated Cabin Systems

The CIDS provides the following system functions:
Passenger Address
The Passenger Address System distributes announcements from the cockpit and each crew station through all
assigned passenger loudspeakers.
Cabin and Flight Crew Interphone

The Cabin Interphone System allows the communication via telephone between all the crew stations and between
the crew stations and the cockpit.
Service Interphone
The Service Interphone System allows the communication via telephone between the Ground Crew and the Flight
Crew when the aircraft in on ground.
Passenger Lighted Sign

The Passenger Lighted Signs System controls the NO SMOKING (NS), FASTEN SEATBELT (FSB), RETURN
TO SEAT (RTS) and EXIT signs.
Passenger Call
The Passenger Call System controls the illumination of the passenger call light and the activation of the call
chime.
Cabin Illumination
The Cabin Illumination System controls the illumination of the different cabin areas independently.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 3
Reading Light
The Reading Light System controls the passenger reading lights and crew work-lights in the cabin. In addition to
the above described lights it is possible to install special decor lights and spot lights which are also controlled by
the Reading Light System.
Passenger Service System

The Passenger Service System gives the remote controlled operation of the passenger reading lights and the
passenger call activation/deactivation.
Lavatory Smoke Indication

The Smoke Detection System controls the visual and acoustical indications in the cabin if a smoke alert is
received from the Smoke Detection Control Unit (SDCU).
Cabin Ready Signalling

The Cabin Ready Signalling informs the Flight Crew about the cabin status for take-off and landing.
Air Conditioning
The CIDS can select different temperatures for all defined cabin zones. A fine adjustment of the pre-selected
temperature for different zones is possible through FAP operations. The actual temperature per zone is indicated
on the FAP.
Emergency Evacuation Signalling

The EVAC System controls the evacuation signalling in all cabin areas and the cockpit. It can be activated from
the cockpit and the FAP during an emergency.
Potable Water Indication and Pre-selection

The Potable Water Indication and Pre-Selection System shows the filling level of the water tank on the FAP and
gives the commands for the pre-selection of the water quantity.
Waste Indication
The Waste Indication System shows the filling level of the waste tanks on the FAP. In addition, the inoperative
lavatories are indicated on the FAP and respective messages come on.
Doors and Escape-Slide Pressure Monitoring

The Door and Escape-Slide Control System monitors the door and escape-slide bottle-pressure reservoir at the
passenger doors and the emergency exits. In addition to that, it monitors the status of the doors (OPEN/CLOSED)
and the escape-slides (ARMED/DISARMED). The status is indicated on the FAP.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 4
Forward Attendant Panel (HLP/R/W)

The Forward Attendant Panel (FAP) enables the Cabin Crew to control certain cabin systems and the CIDS,
indicates the status of several cabin systems. It is located forward of L1 Door (Purser Station).
L1 Door Station

A330-300 (A33E) Page 5
FORWARD ATTENDANT PANEL
Cabin Crew can control cabin systems and the CIDS on the FAP. It shows the status of the systems. Cabin zone
programming is also carried out on the FAP.
The Programming and Indication Module (PIM) of the FAP consists of a Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) and
push buttons for programming operations and page handling of the system indications.
These push buttons allow the page handling of the system indications and programming features of the PIM.
The numerical keypad is for ground engineer use only.
The CIDS CAUT push button flashes* whenever a failure on CIDS or a connected system occurs. The
PNL LIGHT TEST checks the LCD and the integrated light in the FAP push buttons.
* It flashes whenever a failure is detected. If pressed, it will remain in steady mode and will only go off after
the failure has been rectified.
Cabin Light Panel
The cabin lighting section of the basic FAP consists of different push buttons, which control the passenger
cabin lights, aisle and window lights. Each button illuminates Green when selected (refer to Chapter 1
Section 4 - Lighting System).
Miscellaneous
l The EMER push button is used for the manual illumination of the emergency lights.
l The SMOKE LAV indication light flashes red when smoke is detected in any zone 1 lavatory.
l The EVAC CMD push button activates the evacuation system warnings.
l The EVAC RESET push button flashes red when the system is activated. Press the push button to
cancel the audio warning at the respective station.
l The CABIN READY push button is used to notify the flight deck that the cabin is secured and ready
for Take-off / Landing. In the flight deck the message CABIN READY appears on the ECAM display.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 6
Programming and Indication Module

Failure annunciations in the cabin are provided on the Programming and Indication Module (PIM) which is part of
the Forward Attendant Panel.
The PIM has no system test facilities, it is only used for system indications and programming operations.
SOFT
KEYS
SYS
CIDS
DOORS WATER WASTE
CHECK 1 2 3 CAUT
CABIN
TEMP 4 5 6
PANEL
7 8 9 LIGHT
LAY ZONE NEXT
TEST
OUT PROG PAGE CLEAR 0 ENTER
HARDKEYS NUMERIC
KEYBOARD
The PIM is equipped with a coloured full graphic Liquid Crystal Display. Twelve soft keys are attached to this
display for menu guided operations.
The hard keys provide direct access to the respective menus.
The PIM is provided with a standard keyboard with twelve push buttons to allow numeric inputs to the system.
The PANEL LIGHT TEST push button enables all the lights integrated in the FAP to be tested.
The CIDS CAUT light is automatically activated in case of a system failure.
When the CIDS CAUT light illuminates, Cabin Crew must check the PIM display.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 7
Operation
Normal Mode
When power is connected to the aircraft, a power up test page appears on the PIM.
The test page disappears after the end of the test.
POWER UP TEST
IN PROGRESS
DURATION : 40SEC
TEXT 1-4 :
ACTIVE LAYOUT :
l The LCD display is normally blank if no page is selected manually or automatically.
l In general the PIM has a time out of 10 minutes after a page has been manually selected.
l If a function is selected via a hard key, the PIM displays the relevant page immediately. If this key is
pressed a second time or when another page is selected, the previous page disappears.
The following hard key selected pages will be shown in the corresponding system description:
l DOORS
l WATER
l WASTE
l SYS CHECK
l CABIN TEMP
l LAYOUT (for ground engineer use)
l ZONE PROG (for ground engineer use)
Automatic Mode
If a failure is detected on one of the cabin systems, two different conditions may occur:
l A page is manually selected and displayed on the screen:
A message appears in amber in the information row to inform the Crew of a required action.
1 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45
+>
->
INFORMATION ROW SELECT SYSTEM CHECK

A330-300 (A33E) Page 8
l No page is displayed on the screen, then either:
The DOORS/SLIDES page comes on with an indication of the failure

or
The SYSTEM CHECK menu comes on and the symbol in front of the system which failed, flashes.
SYSTEM CHECK
< CIDS INTERNAL
< WATER ICE PROTECTION
< VACUUM LAVATORIES
< SMOKE DETECTORS
The CIDS CAUT light can be reset inflight by pressing it once.
It comes on again in case of another failure or automatically after landing if the failure still exists.
The reset has no effect on the PIM messages.
System Check
SYSTEM CHECK SYSTEM CHECK
< CIDS INTERNAL SMOKE DETECTORS
< WATER ICE PROTECTION DETECTORS INOP

LAV: 11, 21, 33
< VACUUM LAVATORIES
< SMOKE DETECTORS
< RET
Note: The < is flashing for the systems which have a message.
Normal Mode
On pressing the SYS CHECK hard key, the System Check page is displayed. It may be called up for pre-flight
checks.
Automatic Mode
If a failure is detected on one of the cabin systems, the SYSTEM CHECK page or the information SELECT
SYSTEM CHECK is automatically displayed.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 9
Forward Attendant Panel (Except HLP/R/W)

The Forward Attendant Panel (FAP) enables the Cabin Crew to control certain cabin systems and the CIDS,
indicates the status of several cabin systems. It is located forward of L1 Door (Purser Station).
L1 Door Station
A CAUT
PAGE HEADLINE
A
Screen Cabin
Off Status
CAM
(Cabin Assignment Module)
OBRM
(On Board Replaceable Module)
The FAP has the following modules:
l Display Unit (touch screen panel)
l Sub Panel (hard key panel)
HEADING ROW DISPLAY UNIT DISPLAY AREA
CAUT
PAGE HEADLINE
Screen Cabin
Off Status
SYSTEM AND HARD KEY PANEL

FUNCTION KEYS

A330-300 (A33E) Page 10
The touch screen consists of:
l The Heading Row
l The Display Area
l The System and Function Key
The touch screen panel indicates all the cabin information.
It is used to select the different cabin functions (like cabin illumination) and the cabin programming.
The hard key panel has a row of hard keys, a headphone jack and an USB port.
On Board Replaceable Module

The OBRM module is the storage device for the system software. It is installed in the sub panel of the FAP.
Cabin Assignment Module

In the CAM module the CIDS configuration data base is stored.
It is installed in the sub panel of the FAP and includes the cabin definition, e.g. for:
l Cabin zoning
l Seat relation to loudspeakers and passenger lighted signs
l Chime sequences
l Audio levels
Operating Areas and Keys of the FAP:
CAUT
1 PAGE HEADLINE
Screen Cabin
Off Status
The heading row shows the title of every selected page.
The display area shows every selected page.
The system and function keys are used to select the system pages.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 11
The hard keys are used for major functions which have to operate independently from the FAP touch
screen.
They are marked with the related system functions:
l EMER ( Emergency Lighting System)
l LIGHTS MAIN ON/OFF (Cabin Lighting including sidewall, ceiling, entry way, bulkhead and passenger
reading lights)
l LAV MAINT (sets the lavatory lights to full brightness in the case of lavatory maintenance)
l SCREEN 30 sec. LOCK (sets the touch screen in a sleep mode for a time period of 30 seconds for
cleaning purposes)
l EVAC CMD (Refer to Evacuation Signalling in this section)
l EVAC RESET (Refer to Evacuation Signalling in this section)
l SMOKE RESET (Lavatories and VCC)
Indication of Cabin Status and Selection of System Page

Every cabin system (e.g. cabin lighting) shown on the system pages of the FAP is selectable by the SYSTEM
AND FUNCTION KEY SET.
Related to the cabin systems there are different sets of system and function keys with a maximum of 9 keys. The
next/previous key set can be chosen with the forward/backward button.
SYSTEM AND FUNCTION KEY - FIRST LEVEL
SYSTEM AND FUNCTION KEY - SECOND LEVEL
To select a system page push the related key (e.g. 1st level) on the screen and the selected page (cabin system)
is shown in the display area.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 12
System Power-Up
After the CIDS is started the FAP displays the system power-up page. A bar graph is shown to indicate that the
system is in the boot phase. When the power-up sequence is completed, a CAM assigned page (e.g. Cabin
Status) or a screen saver will be shown.
POWER-UP SCENARIO
If the system receives no data from the active CIDS director, the FAP displays a fault page.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 13
B/C
Y/C
Y/C
FAP - PAGE SELECTION
To indicate the CABIN STATUS page push the button in the lower right corner of the touch screen. This page
gives an overview of the standard CABIN STATUS page including:
l LIGHTS
l DOORS / SLIDE
l TEMPERATURE (AIR CONDITIONING)
l WATER / WASTE
Note: On the CABIN STATUS page, above mentioned systems can be selected also by pushing the related
aircraft symbol on the touch screen.
FAP - CABIN STATUS

A330-300 (A33E) Page 14
CAUT Button and Info Row

The CAUT button is located in the upper left corner of the screen. When the CIDS detects an error/defect, the
CAUT button illuminates in flashing mode and the INFO ROW with a text message displays. A down arrow
appears in front of the text indicating that the text information is generated on more than one functional page. To
find out details of the error/defect, follow the text displayed on the Info Row.
Useful Hints:
l The CAUT button will continue to flash until all affected pages have been accessed.
l The CAUT button will illuminate in steady mode until all errors/defects have been fixed or after the CAUT
button is pushed.
l The Info Row will stay until all errors/defects have been fixed.
Screen Off Button and Time Out Function

The SCREEN OFF button is always shown in the lower left corner of the display. Pushing that button switches the
screen off.
An automatic event (CIDS message) or touching the FAP display reactivates the screen again. This touch does
not activate any system function.
The TIME OUT function switches the screen off after a time period of 10 minutes if a page was manually selected
or an auto page is quit. During this period the screen is dark or, as an option, shows a screen saver.
The reactivation of the FAP is done by a single touch on the screen without activating any other function
unintentionally. The FAP then comes back to the previously selected page.
Cabin Ready Button

The Cabin Ready push button is used to notify the flight deck that the cabin is secured and ready for Take-off /
Landing. In the flight deck the message Cabin Ready appears on the ECAM display.
Automatic Activation of System Page and System Info Page

If CIDS receives an important message the related system page comes up automatically.
A smoke alert calls up the SMOKE page and overrides any other page. The following pages come up
automatically with the following indication priorities:
Priority Title of Page

1 SMOKE
2 DOORS / SLIDES
3 WATER / WASTE
4 SYSTEM INFO
5 AUDIO and TEMPERATURE
6 SOFTWARE DOWNLOAD

A330-300 (A33E) Page 15
System Info Page

This menu provides the status information for several cabin systems and could be called up for pre-flight checks.
Additionally this menu appears during all flight phases in the automatic mode if dedicated messages for the Cabin
Crew are available.
The following systems / functions are incorporated in the SYSTEM INFO page and are for maintenance use only.
l CIDS internal
l Ice protection
l Power management
l Miscellaneous
SYSTEM INFO
After selection of the SYSTEM INFO page an indicator light next to the respective system button is illuminated in
amber color if there is a fault message.
To indicate the faults belonging to the different systems push the related system button on the SYSTEM INFO
page.
The example above shows the SYSTEM INFO page with one of four LIST BOX areas. Each area has a heading
row and system / function related messages. New main messages will always be shown in the first row.
A scroll bar located on the right hand side of the LIST BOX area shows that there are further pages available. To
enter these pages use the next/previous key function. An indicator light (amber/green) shows if there is a
message on another page.
If no failure for the respective system is present the message SYSTEM OK will be displayed on the screen.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 16
If the following failure-message is displayed (called BLUE CARD):
SYSTEM INFO (BLUE CARD)
In this case CIDS is not supplied with the complete electrical power (from normal and essential bus bar) and the
system is not able to detect and collect all necessary data.
To solve this problem it must be ensured that all electrical connections / switches are in the normal mode /
position (e.g. all circuit breakers are closed, generators ON etc.).
After checking this points the system should run properly if there are no further problems in the aircraft electrical
circuits.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 17
Additional Attendant Panel (HLP/R/W)

The Additional Attendant Panels (AAP) control certain cabin systems. They are installed at the door stations L2
and L4.
The AAP features the following push buttons :
l The CABIN, DIM1", DIM2" and NIGHT push buttons control the light intensity of the respective zone.
l The ENTRY, DIM1" and DIM2" push buttons control the light intensity of the respective entry area.
l The EVAC RESET push button flashes red when the system is activated. Press the button to cancel the
audio warning at the respective station.
l The SMOKE LAV push button cancels the chime throughout the cabin. However, only the indication lamp
of the AAP in the area of the affected lavatory flashes red when smoke is detected.
Note: There is an AAP installed at R1. This is used only in case of Mood Lighting FAP failure (refer to Chapter
1 Section 4 - Lighting System).
CABIN
BRT
-
OFF
NIGHT
LT

A330-300 (A33E) Page 18
Additional Attendant Panel (Except HLP/R/W)

The Additional Attendant Panels (AAP) control certain cabin systems. They are installed at the door stations L2
and L4.
l AAP at L2 Door
Available functions:
n "CABIN JCL BRT" / "+" / "-" / "OFF" - set the Business Class
cabin illumination
n "NIGHT LT" - set/reset the night light of Business Class cabin
n "EVAC RESET" - reset of the evacuation signalling
n "SMOKE LAV" - indication and reset of the lavatory smoke

alert
l AAP at L4 Door
Available functions:
n "CABIN YCL BRT" / "+" / "-" / "OFF" - set the Economy Class
cabin illumination
n "NIGHT LT" - set/reset the night light of Economy Class cabin
n "ENTRY" / "DIM 1" / "DIM 2" - set doors 4 entry areas

illumination
n "EVAC RESET" - reset of the evacuation signalling
n "SMOKE LAV" - indication and reset of the lavatory smoke

alert
Note 1: The FAP / AAP can override each other, i.e. press "CABIN BRT" or "NIGHT LT" on the AAP will
override the FAP settings. In reverse, the controls on the FAP will also override the last setting
done on the AAP.
Note 2: "NIGHT LT" push button on the AAP is the same as "SLEEP" scenario button in the FAP, the light
intensity will change gradually.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 19
Evacuation Signalling
An emergency evacuation signalling system (integrated in the CIDS) is installed to provide visual and aural alert
in the event of impending emergency evacuation of the aircraft.
An evacuation signalling button is installed in the cockpit and at the L1 (Purser Station).
Cockpit - Overhead Panel
21VJ
EVAC
COMMAND HORN SHUT OFF CAPT & PURS
EVAC
ON 3
1 2 CAPT
COMMAND EVAC ON
Press to activate the EVAC flashlights and an alarm horn sounds in the cockpit and the cabin.
HORN SHUT OFF
Press to silence the cockpit alarm horn.
CAPT and CAPT and PURS
When the toggle switch is at:
l CAPT and PURSER : The alert may be activated from either cockpit or cabin.
l CAPT : The alert may be activated from cockpit only.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 20
L1 (Purser Station)
EVAC CMD (EVACUATION COMMAND)
Located only at L1 (PURSER STATION) and is used to activate the system.
EVAC RESET
Located at L1 FAP, L2 and L4 AAPs. This button flashes red when the system is activated. Press the
button to cancel the audio warning at the respective station.
FAP AAP AAP
L2 L4
NIGHT NIGHT
LT LT
EVAC SMOKE EVAC SMOKE

RESET LAV RESET LAV
2 2

A330-300 (A33E) Page 21
Emergency Lighting
Operation
The cabin emergency lighting system can be controlled from:
l The cockpit, on the overhead panel SIGNS with the control switch EMER EXIT LT
l The purser station, on the FAP with the push button EMER
COMPONENT LOCATION

A330-300 (A33E) Page 22
EMER EXIT LT
When the switch is in the following position:
l ON : all lights of the cabin emergency lighting system illuminate.
l ARM: the cabin emergency lighting illuminate automatically if the aircraft electrical power supply
fails.
l OFF : all above lights go off.
EMER EXIT LT - OFF
If the switch is in the OFF position:
l The integral light of the switch illuminates in amber color.
EMER PUSH BUTTON on L1 (Purser Station)
If the EMER push button is pressed:
l All emergency lights, exit signs and floor path marking lights illuminate.
Note 1: The EMER EXIT LT OFF-ARM-ON switch has a mechanical latch. This protects against accidental
operation of the switch from the ARM or ON position.
Note 2: The EMER switch on the FAP has a protective cover against accidental operation of the switch.
Note 3: The lighting system, which is integrated in the escape slides of the doors and emergency exits is turned
on when the escape slide is deployed.
Note 4: In the event of rapid cabin depressurization, the exit marking signs and the exit location signs are
automatically switched on.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 23
Cabin Zone Programming (HLP/R/W)

Cabin zones are defined by passenger classes and Cabin Crew working areas. Cabin functions like passenger
address, general illumination, passenger call, video tone or chimes for interphone and signs are related to these
zones.
CABIN ZONES PROGRAMMING CABIN ZONES PROGRAMME

<- ZONES 1 1- 15 + >
ACTIVE LAYOUT : CAM 2 M
<- ZONES 2 16 - 30 + >
< CABIN ZONES <- ZONES 3 31 - 35 + >
<- ZONES 4 36 - 40 + >
< NO SMOKING ZONES <- ZONES 5 41 - 52
< RET SAVING >
Normal Mode (No Automatic Mode)

Upon pressing ZONE PROG hard key, the zones programming page is displayed.
These pages provide the menus for the cabin zones and for the no smoking zones programming.
By means of the CABIN ZONE PROGRAMMING the user can easily modify the length of the zones.
These modifications are stored in the CABIN ASSIGNMENT MODULE (CAM).
The maximum number of zones is 5.
Only the zone ends are programmable (except the last seat row which is fixed).
A zone cannot be deleted. The smallest zone could consist of 1 row of seats.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 24
When all changes have been performed on the PIM, the new data is saved by pressing the SAVING and
SAVING CONFIRMATION soft key. The modified layout is saved in the respective CAM memory.
ZONES PROGRAMMING ZONES PROGRAMMING
ZONES CHANGE SAVING TO

CAM LAYOUT 2M
" OLD M-LAYOUT WILL " SAVING IN PROGRESS

" BE OVERWRITTEN "
COUNT 004,
DATE ; 01. 11. 92
< RET SAVING CONFIRMATION >
ZONES PROGRAMMING
LAYOUT : CAM 2M SAVED
COUNT : 005
DATE : 02. 12.92
< RET
If an increase ( + ) or decrease ( - ) at the end of a zone is not possible the respective symbol (< - or > +)
disappears and the soft key loses its function.
Note: The No Smoking Zone handling is identical to the Cabin Zones Programming with the exception that a
No Smoking Zone can be deleted.
The zones are programmed as follows :
l Cabin Temperature Control
ZONE AREA COVERED

JCL 11-21 Business Class
YCL F 39-50 Forward Economy Class
YCL A 59-75 Aft Economy Class
l Cabin Lighting, Passenger Address and Passenger Call
ZONE AREA COVERED

1 Business Class
2 Economy Class

A330-300 (A33E) Page 25
Cabin Zone Programming (Except HLP/R/W)

The CABIN ZONE PROGRAMMING page provides different tasks of cabin zones programming:
l Programming of cabin zone
l Programming of NO SMOKING zone
l Non-smoking aircraft selection
l Saving procedure
The cabin zone programming is carried out by the ground engineer.
FAP Set-Up (Except HLP/R/W)

On the FAP SET-UP page it is possible to change FAP internal settings, e.g. display brightness, settings for
volume of loudspeakers and headphones connected to the FAP. Additionally the CLICK of the touch screen keys
while they are pushed can be switched ON and OFF.
To get access to this page push the FAP SET-UP key in the 2nd level of the SYSTEM AND FUNCTION KEY
SET).
1 2
3 4
To increase / decrease the display brightness push the related PLUS/MINUS keys on the screen.
Push the corresponding PLUS/MINUS keys to adjust the volume settings of the loudspeakers or headphone
(connected to the audio jack on the hard key panel.)
In both cases the new inputs can be stored if the SAVE key is pushed.
Note: To complete the procedure the SAVE key must be pushed. Otherwise the changes made on the FAP
set-up page are not taken into account and the system goes back to the previous settings after leaving
the page.
To re-use the basic settings which are stored in the CAM push the DEFAULT key.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 26
Door And Slide Cabin Control System (HLP/R/W)

The doors and slides status can be checked at any time on the Programming and Indication Module (PIM) by
pressing the DOORS hard key.
DOORS / SLIDES
CABIN ZONES PROGRAMMING
CHECK SLIDE PRESSURE :
1L, 2L, 3R ACTIVE LAYOUT : CAM 2 M
CHECK DOOR PRESSURE :

4L, 3R
< CABIN ZONES
SLIDE DISARMED :
1L, 3R
< NO SMOKING ZONES
The DOORS / SLIDES page or the information SELECT DOORS will be displayed automatically when the
following commends are received :
l SLIDE PRESSURE LOW (1L, 2L, 3R on diagram)
l DOOR PRESSURE LOW (4L, 3R on diagram)
l SLIDE DISARMED (1L, 3R on diagram) but only for closed doors.
The open doors are represented by a red rectangle outside the aircraft symbol and the closed doors by a green
rectangle inside the aircraft symbol. The DOOR / SLIDE pressure and the slide DISARMED indications are
written on the left hand side of the aircraft symbol in amber color.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 27
Door And Slide Cabin Control System (Except HLP/R/W)
The doors and slides status can be checked at any time on the FAP.
To get the DOORS / SLIDES MENU on the FAP, the user has to touch the CABIN STATUS ICON on any menu
page followed by the DOORS / SLIDES AIRCRAFT SYMBOL or the DOORS / SLIDES ICON.
All open doors are shown as a red rectangle outside the aircraft symbol. All closed doors with disarmed
evacuation devices are shown as an amber rectangle inside the aircraft symbol. All closed doors with armed
evacuation devices are shown as a green rectangle inside the aircraft symbol. The DOOR / SLIDE PRESSURE
and the SLIDE ARMED / DISARMED indications are shown as an amber text next to the related door / slide.
The DOORS / SLIDES menu will be displayed automatically when the following commands are received.
l SLIDE PRESSURE LOW
l DOOR PRESSURE LOW
l SLIDE DISARMED

A330-300 (A33E) Page 28
Water / Waste Quantity And Indication (HLP/R/W)

Water System
The available water quantity in the tanks can be checked by pressing the WATER push button on the PIM.
WATER
QTY PRESEL
FWD AFT
100% 100% +
75% 75%
50% 50%
25% 25%
0% 0% -
WATER SVCE DOOR OPEN
SYS CIDS
DOORS WATERWASTE 1 2 3
CHECK CAUT
CABIN PAL
TEMP 4 5 6 LIGHT
TEST
7 8 9
LAY ZONE NEXT ENTER

OUT PROG PAGE CLEAR 0
The water quantity pre-selection on the right hand side of the screen is used by maintenance only.
When the water service panel is open, the water page is automatically displayed and the indication WATER
SVCS DOOR OPEN appears on the screen.
Waste System
Pre-flight, the Waste Quantity Indication must read both tanks empty. The Ground Engineer must be informed if
the indication reads that the tanks are not empty or is empty but with intermittent or fluctuating readings.
Note: A small pre-charge of fluid is added to the waste tanks after servicing which may cause the quantity
indicator to read just above empty.
The waste quantity can be checked by pressing the WASTE push button on the Programming and Indication
Module.
WASTE
QTY
LEFT RIGHT
100% 100%
90% 90%
30% 30%
9% 9%
0% 0%
WATER SVCE DOOR OPEN
SYS CIDS
DOORS WATER WASTE 1 2 3
CHECK CAUT
CABIN PAL
TEMP 4 5 6 LIGHT
TEST
7 8 9
LAY ZONE NEXT ENTER

OUT PROG PAGE CLEAR 0
If the waste service panel is open, the waste page is automatically displayed and the indication WASTE SVCE
DOOR OPEN appears on the screen.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 29
Water / Waste Quantity And Indication (Except HLP/R/W)

Action on the FAP-touch-screen Result on the FAP-touch-screen
Touch the CABIN STATUS soft key. The CABIN STATUS page is displayed.
Touch the WATER/WASTE soft key or the aircraft The WATER/WASTE page is displayed.
symbol.
WATER AND WASTE QUANTITY INDICATION
The WATER/ WASTE page displays:
l In the LH upper part of the FAP-touch-screen the waste quantity in % and two bars, L for the left hand
system and R for the right hand system. Below the related bars the total max. volume is shown.
l In the middle upper part of the FAP-touch-screen the water quantity in % and one bar. Below the bar the
total max. volume is shown.
Pre-flight, the Waste Quantity Indication must read both tanks empty. The Ground Engineer must be informed if
the indication reads that the tanks are not empty or is empty but with intermittent or fluctuating readings.
Note: A small pre-charge of fluid is added to the waste tanks after servicing which may cause the quantity
indicator to read just above empty.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 30
Vacuum Lavatory System Failure Message ( HLP/R/W)

If a VACUUM LAVATORIES System failure is detected by the CIDS, the system check page will be
automatically displayed on the PIM.
SYSTEM CHECK
CIDS INTERNAL
WATER ICE PROTECTION
< VACUUM LAVATORIES
SMOKE DETECTORS
The soft key corresponding to the vacuum lavatories must be pressed.
Water Pre-Selection
To be operated by Ground Engineer.
Water / Waste System FAP Message

For more information, refer to Chapter 1 Section 10 - Cabin Interior.
Water / Waste Ice Protection FAP Message

For more information, refer to Chapter 1 Section 10 - Cabin Interior.

Cabin Interior ISD OPS PART B Section 3
A330-300 (A33E) Page 1
Cabin Interior
Cabin Crew Station

Cabin Crew station is located at each cabin door.
Each Cabin Crew station is equipped with a folding
seat, seat belt with harness, Attendant Indication
Panel (AIP), Area Call Panel (ACP) with associated
chimes. All seats have an interphone which can be
reached while seated with seat belt and harness
fastened, with the exception at:
l L1A, L4A and R4A
All crew seats fold automatically when not in use. Pull

on the seat and lower it for use.
Single Seats (Aft Facing)

l L1, L1A, L2, R2, L3 and R3
Note: L1 and L1A are single seats mounted side by

side.
Single Seats (Forward Facing)

l R1, L4, L4A, R4 and R4A
Note: L4 / L4A and R4 / R4A are single seats

mounted side by side.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 2
Passenger Seating
The curtains and separating bulkheads divide the
passenger cabin into 4 service zones.
Passenger class divisions, Galley Service, IFE, P/A,

Cabin Temperature and Cabin Lighting Control are
based on these zones.
Seat Configuration
CLASS
Business Class 39
Economy Class 223
TOTAL 262
Passenger seats are identified by a row number and

an alphabet, beginning with the letter A' on the left
hand side cabin.
Identification for seats are located below the overhead

compartment and/ or on the Passenger Service
Module above each row of seats which illuminates in
steady mode while aircraft is on ground.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 3
Business Class Seat

The Business Class Seat features are as follows:
PERSONAL PERSONAL SEAT CONTROL

MULTIPORT CONTROL READING LIGHT UNIT
CONNECTOR HANDSET
POWER SOCKET
ADJUSTABLE SIDE CABINET

HEADREST (The noise cancelling
headset is preset inside)
SEAT BACK
COCKTAIL TABLE
AIRBAG
SEAT BELT
MEAL TABLE
RETRACTABLE
ARMREST
SIDE STORAGE
SEAT CUSHION
LIFE JACKET
SHOE LOCKER
STOWAGE
LEGREST
Power Socket
Refer to Chapter 1 Section 8 - Inflight Power Source for Electronic Devices.
110V AC power socket is conveniently located and is suitable for recharging personal electronic devices such as
lap top computers.
The PC Power in-use Light is mounted adjacent to the Attendant Step, it will illuminates blue when in use.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 4
Seat Control Unit (SCU)

The new precision toggle SCU is located at the side wall. Passenger can use the SCU to adjust the seatback,
seat cushion and legrest for their own comfort between relax position and fully flat bed.
Seat Recline
Pull back the seat recline button to recline the seatback and track the seat forward as appropriate.
Push forward the seat recline button to move the seat / bed into TTL position.
The seat recline button may be used to put the seat in to Bed mode and TTL position.
Seat Tracking
Move the seat tracking button forward or aft to move the seat forward and backward.
Legrest
Move forward and aft the legrest button to move the legrest to the desired position.
TTL
Press and hold the TTL mode button to bring the seat to the TTL position.
Bed Mode
Press and hold the Bed mode button to bring the seat to a flat bed.
Accent Light
The Accent Light is incorporated inside the side storage. It illuminates the side storage and water bottle
holder, and provides subtle illumination at night-time as required.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 5
Multiport connector AV Input

Connector
Multiport connector is a module which allows passengers to connect their
iPod/iPhone/iPad*, as well as portable device with AV output to the Mode Selector:
entertainment system. Move selector to the
LEFT for AV Input
Passengers can connect and enjoy their own personal media from the and to the RIGHT
for iPod Connector
inflight entertainment system once the In-seat AVOD is switched ON.
(Welcome page displayed on the PTV)
iPod
Connector
There is also a USB port to charge mobile and BlackBerry phones.
USB Port
The multiport connector consists of 3 types of connections:
iPod Connector
For connecting iPod/iPhone/iPad* an iPod* cable is required. This dedicated cable is needed to connect stream
audio and video to the inflight entertainment system. It powers the iPod/iPhone* only.
AV Input Connector
An RCA cable is needed to connect the portable device to the 'AV input' connector.
The RCA cable is currently not supplied inflight.
USB Port
The port is used to charge mobile and BlackBerry phones.
Note: The USB port cannot be used to stream iPod/iPhone/iPad*.
* iPod, iPhone and iPad are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 6
Overhead Reading Light

It illuminates the deployed meal table. This light can be controlled by the Personal Control Handset.
Personal Reading Light

Apart from the overhead reading light, each seat is equipped with Personal Reading Light for reading and
working.
The flexible design of the light head allows passenger to adjust the angle to meet their preference.
Personal Control Handset (PCH)

The integrated handset serves not only as a control for the inflight entertainment (IFE) programs but also as an
inflight telephone. This handset also features controls for Passenger Services System (PSS).
The PCH is stowed in a cradle beside the Personal Reading Light and Seat Control Unit. The unit is stowed with
the IFE and PSS panel facing up. The handset audio and video entertainment functions are accessible while the
handset is stowed. It can be removed from the cradle by pressing the red release button on the top part of the
cradle.
PCH / Passenger Services System Control

LCD Screen
Displays the selected audio or video programme.
Home Button
Press to go to the Studio CX Home Page.
Brightness Control
Adjusts brightness level of the PTV screen from the handset.
VOL Control
Increases and decreases the volume of the audio / video in the headset.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 7
Tools Button
Press i button to go to Tools Section.
Arrow Buttons
Press the arrow buttons for menu selection.
Press the centre button for menu select execution.
Attendant Call Button (ON/OFF)
Press the button for call / or to cancel.
Overhead Reading Light Button (ON/OFF)
Momentary turns ON / OFF the reading light.
Phone Button
Turns the telephone function ON / OFF.
4 Short Cut Buttons
For direct access to Movie, TV, Music and Game sections.
Audio Video on Demand (AVOD) Controls Buttons
For fast forward, play, pause, rewind and stop.
Buttons for Phone Dialling
Press these buttons for phone dialling. Passengers can also make the phone call using the on-screen
buttons.
Buttons for Games
Press these buttons for game operation.
Side Cabinet
The noise cancelling headset is preset inside the side cabinet. A Vanity Mirror is under a flap on the inside of the
door. Kept the door open, functions as a privacy screen. The cabinet may be used for storage during take-off and
landing if the door is closed.
To open, press the metallic button on the door. To close, simply push the door until it locks.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 8
Noise Cancelling Headset

Noise cancelling headset is designed to increase audio enjoyment and reduce cabin background noise. The
headset is pre-connected in the Side Cabinet.
The pre-connected headsets are changed by cleaners at HKG and all ports on each sector to ensure all headsets
are clean and ready for use by passengers.
Spare headsets are included in the First / Business headset bags* for Cabin Crew to replace any defective
headsets.
To replace unserviceable headsets:
1. Open the Side Cabinet door.
2. Unplug the unserviceable headset from the audio jack.
3. Plug-in the new headset.
4. Unserviceable headset must be clearly tagged as U/S and placed inside a plastic bag before putting inside
the F/J headset bag. The bag should be labeled USED or PARTIALLY USED before returning the bag to the
designated overhead compartment.
* The F/J headset bags are stowed in the designated overhead compartment and are spread out to allow for
adequate space for each JCL passenger's luggage. Depending on the number of scheduled sectors and seat
configuration for the aircraft, between 2-15 bags will be loaded ex-HKG.
Cocktail Table
It is large enough to provide additional work surface for passenger.
Meal Table
It is stowed under the Cocktail Table.
The new design ensures that passenger can leave the seat even with meal table deployed.
Side storage
The Side Storage is for storing notebook computers, bags and other items inflight, but not during take-off and
landing.
The Side Storage features a water bottle holder and it provides extra knee space for passengers sleeping on their
side.

Technical Cathay Pacific Airways Limited Chapter 1
A330-300 (A33E) Page 9
Life Jacket Stowage

Located under the Side Storage. Always with white seal intact.
Shoe Locker
Located under the retractable armrest is the shoe locker. It may be used for storage during take-off and landing
provided the door is closed.
Move door handle downward. Slide door to open.

Red dot above handle
becomes visible.
Adjustable Headrest
The 6 ways adjustable Headrest provides flexibility to suit extra personal comfort.
Airbag Seat Belt

[The seat features an airbag seat belt (For details, refer to Operations Manual Volume 5 Cabin Crew Safety and
Emergency Procedures Manual, Chapter 1).]
Retractable Armrest
It can be retracted to increase the bed width, as well as to enable easy access in and out of the seat.
To retract, press the button while simultaneously pushing the armrest down. To position the armrest up, simply
press the button. The armrest may be position UP or DOWN for taxi, take-off and landing.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 10
PERSONAL TELEVISION COAT HOOK
PC POWER
IN-USE LIGHT
EMERGENCY ESCAPE
PATH LIGHTING
LITERATURE ATTENDANT TTL INDICATOR

POCKET STEP LIGHT
Personal Television
The 15.4" wide screen Personal TV can be deployed by press the button, and is independent of the meal table.
The new location of PTV, facilitates an uninterrupted viewing of inflight entertainment allowing for an improved
service delivery.
The PTV and meal table can be deployed independently.
15.4 inch 16:9 aspect ratio personal television is adjustable and can be tilted to the desired viewing angle.
All function selections are enabled from the retrievable Personal Control Handset (PCH) located in the housing of
each passenger console.
Brightness of the PTV may be adjusted to suit the viewer by means of the PCH.
l To deploy:
1. Pull the latch.
2. Continue to pull until the PTV is in the desired position.
3. Tilt the PTV monitor to the preferred viewing angle.
l To stow:
1. Hold the monitor on the hinge area.
2. Push the monitor into the stowage area until it latches.
Note 1: Should any PTV become unserviceable, Live Safety Demonstration is carried out in the cabin.
Note 2: The JCL PTV - PTV Hinge should withstand an abuse of 200 lbs vertical load.
Note 3: Should the JCL Hinge breaks, the PTV is designed to be able to push back to the stow position.
Touch Screen Feature

The touch screen feature is provided as an alternate method for passengers to navigate the interactive screens.
The Passenger Services System (PSS) functions, i.e. reading light, call light and inflight telephone, are still
operated using the Personal Control Handset (PCH).

A330-300 (A33E) Page 11
Coat Hook
Located next to the Personal Television. It is designed for hanging clothing only.
Literature Pocket
Located adjacent to the Attendant Step. It is designed for the safety card and the literature pouch.
Attendant Step
Located on the back shell of the seat and below the bump strip, the Attendant Step provides Cabin Crew and
passenger easy access to the overhead compartment.
Emergency Escape Path Lighting

Emergency Escape Path Lights are installed on the side of the outboard seat along the aisle.
PC Power in-use Light

When power socket is in use, the PC Power in-use Light will illuminates blue.
TTL Indicator Light

When the seat is in TTL position, the TTL indicator light will illuminates green.
TTL Indicator
In case the TTL Indicator light is not working, ensure that the TTL Indicator located next to the legrest is visible.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 12
Ottoman
Passengers can use the Ottoman as an extension of the legrest when they are seated.
When the seat is fully reclined, the ottoman becomes part of the bed, providing a seamless sleeping surface for
passengers' comfort.
The surface of the Ottoman cannot be used for stowing things during taxi, take-off and landing (except duvet /
blanket / pillow).
Note: The space under the ottoman on bulkhead seats cannot be used for stowing things during taxi, take-off
and landing.
OTTOMAN
Seat Dressing Standard

The seat dressing standard is outlined as a guideline for cleaners to dress the seat. Cabin Crew must ensure that
the seats are dressed properly before passenger boarding.
l Seat pre-set in TTL position.
l The headrest cover is clean, fitted correctly and smooothly. Velcro is not exposed.
l The seat cushion is positioned in the centre of the seat.
l Seat belt is in crossed position with the buckle on top.
l The noise cancelling headset is pre-set in the side cabinet, with cable wiring neatly arranged. The side
cabinet door is open.
l The PTV and the personal control handset are stowed and latched in position.
l The retractable armrest is in the DOWN position.
l Shoe locker door stays open.
l All furniture surfaces including meal table, cocktail table and ottoman are clean.
l The literature pocket is clean without rubbish inside and the literature pouch (Inflight Magazine) is neatly
arranged inside.
l The safety card is placed in front and with the aircraft type clearly visible.
l Accent light in the side storage is 'OFF'.
l For long-haul flight, a duvet is placed on the ottoman.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 13
Economy Class Seat

The Economy Class Seat features are as follows:
ADJUSTABLE HEADREST
ADJUSTABLE SEATBACK
SEAT RECLINE BUTTON
PC POWER IN - USE LIGHT

EMERGENCY
ESCAPE PATH LIGHT
ATTENDANT STEP
PERSONAL TELEVISION
COAT HOOK
AMENITY STORAGE
RETRACTABLE ARMREST
MEAL TABLE

A330-300 (A33E) Page 14
Adjustable Seatback
Press the seat recline button on the inner side of the armrest and push the seatback backward simultaneously to
recline the seat. To move the seatback upright, lean forward and press the button.
Adjustable Headrest
The headrest can be adjusted up or down to the desired height. Its side cushions can be folded in or out for extra
support.
Retractable Armrest
Except the front row seats, all aisle seats are designed with a retractable armrest allowing Cabin Crew to help
passenger who may have difficulty getting in or out of the seat. To retract the armrest, slightly push down the
armrest & press the recessed button through the hole underneath (near armrest joint).
BUTTON
Coat Hook
Coat Hook is fitted adjacent to the personal television. It is used to hang CLOTHING only and can be used
throughout the flight, including taxi, take-off and landing.
Amenity Storage
Amenity Storage is fitted below the personal television. It must be cleared for taxi, take-off and landing.
Meal Table
Seats not equipped with a bi-fold down table are installed with an in-arm bi-fold stowed table. When deployed, the
table can be moved forward or aft as desired.
Attendant Step
An attendant step is available on all aisle seats except the front row seats. It is used to reach and look into the
overhead compartment if required.
Emergency Escape Path Light

Emergency Escape Path Lights are fitted on the side along the aisles seats.
PC Power In-use Light

When power socket is in use, the PC Power In-use Light will illuminate blue. It is fitted in every seat row of aisle
seats C, D and H.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 15
Personal Television (PTV) - Touch Screen

The 9" tilting widescreen monitor not only streams "On Demand" audio and video entertainment to the seat, it also
provides personal control for Passenger Service System (PSS) and Inflight Entertainment (IFE) Program. As
such, Personal Control Handset (PCH) is no longer fitted (except for front row seats).
All touch screen PTVs are equipped with Visually Impaired PSS Service (regardless of the availability of PCH).
This provides an alternative for visually impaired passenger to call for Cabin Crew service by double tapping
anywhere at the touch screen monitor. (For detail information, refer to Chapter 1 Section 7 - Visually Impaired)
To turn on the Passenger Service System (PSS), passenger needs to:
1. Move hand close to the sensor area (bottom part) of PTV and the PSS button (blue light) will illuminate
2. Touch the PSS button (blue light) to pop up the PSS screen from the PTV
3. Touch the PSS button again, the PSS screen will disappear
PSS SCREEN
PSS Button SENSOR AREA
PTV
A Multi-port Connector (USB port and iPOD* connector) is installed below the screen allowing passengers to
connect and enjoy their own personal media through the inflight entertainment system once the In-seat AVOD is
switched ON.
iPOD CONNECTOR
USB PORT
Note: The USB port is used to charge mobile and BlackBerry phones only and cannot be used to stream
iPod/iPhone/iPad*.
For connecting iPod/iPhone/iPad*, an iPod* cable is needed to connect stream audio and video to the
inflight entertainment system. It powers the iPod/iPhone* only.
* iPod, iPhone and iPad are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 16
Front Row Seats with In-arm PTV - Touch Screen

Front row seat PTVs are installed either on the bulkhead wall or in-arm. Seats with in-arm PTV are located at
59AC and 59HK.
l To deploy:
1. Push downwards the black release button (as placard) and pull the PTV arm upwards simultaneously.
2. Turn the screen around the PTV joint to choose viewing angle.
l To stow:
1. Turn the screen sideway towards armrest.
2. Push the PTV arm downwards into the armrest stowage. The PTV is properly stowed when the two red
lines aligned.
RED LINES ALIGNED
BLACK RELEASE BUTTON
Note 1: After PTV serviceability check and before passenger boarding, ensure the front row in-arm PTVs
are stowed and locked in position.
Note 2: When the wall mounted monitor is unserviceable & the seats are occupied, ensure the front row
in-arm PTVs are deployed before the safety video demonstration / quarantine video starts. Upon
completion of the safety demo, front row PTVs must be immediately stowed and locked in position.
Note 3: The use of PTV mounted on the armrest for video safety demonstration in Economy Class is
approved by CAD. Those PTVs must be stowed for take-off and landing.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 17
Personal Control Handset (PCH)

The integrated handset serves as a control for the Inflight Entertainment (IFE) Programs and Inflight Telephone.
This handset also features controls for Passenger Services System (PSS).
The PCH is provided to all front row seats and is stowed in the cradle on the inner side of armrest. It is stowed
with the IFE and PSS panel facing up, allowing passenger to access the audio and video entertainment functions
while it is stowed. It can be removed from the cradle by pressing the red release button.
Note 1: Front row seats passenger has the option to use either the PCH or the PTV - Touch Screen for
controlling the PSS and IFE Programs.
Note 2: In-seat Telephone function is not activated in this cabin.
* *
*
* Not in use yet
LCD Screen
Displays the selected audio or video programme.
Home Button
Press to go to the Studio CX Home Page.
Brightness Control
Adjusts brightness level of the PTV screen from the handset.
VOL Control
Increases and decreases the volume of the audio / video in the headset.
Tools Button
Press i button to go to Tools Section.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 18
Arrow Buttons
Press the arrow buttons for menu selection.
Press the centre button for menu select execution.
Attendant Call Button (ON/OFF)
Press the button for call / or to cancel.
Overhead Reading Light Button (ON/OFF)
Momentary turns ON / OFF the reading light.
Phone Button
Turns the telephone function ON / OFF.
Audio Video on Demand (AVOD) Controls Buttons
For fast forward, play, pause, rewind and stop.
Buttons for Phone Dialling
Press these buttons for phone dialling. Passengers can also make the phone call using the on-screen
buttons.
Buttons for Games
Press these buttons for game operation.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 19
Life Jacket Stowage

The life jacket stowage is located under the seat. The compartment is sealed with a white seal and is designed
with a clear plastic cover for security check purpose without the need to take out the life jacket.
Cup Holder
Cup Holder is designed to hold a PVC cup and can be used when the meal table is stowed. It must be stowed
during taxi, take-off and landing.
Literature Pocket
The literature pocket installed on the lower part of seatbacks is designed for stowing the safety card and literature
pouch.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 20
Power Socket
Refer to Chapter 1 Section 8 - Inflight Power Source for Electronic Devices.
The 110AC power socket is located adjacent to the life jacket stowage below the seat. It is suitable as a power
source for computers, PDAs, MP3 players and other electronic devices.
Headset Receptacle
A single-prong type headset receptacle (3.5mm in diameter) is located on the front end of the armrest.
HEADSET RECEPTACLE
Standard Seat Belt

[Majority of the seats feature a standard seat belt.]
Y Seat Belt
[Y seat belt is fitted at all front row seats, i.e. row 39A to 39K, row 59A to 59K. It operates the same way as a
standard seat belt.]

A330-300 (A33E) Page 21
Seat Dressing Standard

The seat dressing standard is outlined as a guideline for cleaners to dress the seats. Cabin Crew must ensure
that the seats are dressed properly before passenger boarding.
l The headrest cover is clean.
l The loose cushion is properly positioned on the seat (applicable to long haul flights only).
l The blanket is properly positioned on the seat (if applicable).
[l The headset is preset inside the literature pocket.]
l Seat belt is in crossed position.
l The handset is stowed and latched.
l Armrest is in "DOWN" position.
l Cup Holder is stowed.
l All furniture surfaces including meal table is clean.
l The amenity storage is clean without rubbish inside.
l The literature pocket (including 3 small pockets) is clean without rubbish inside and the literature pouch
(Inflight Magazine) is neatly arranged inside.
l The safety card with the aircraft type facing front is clearly visible in the literature pocket.
Passenger Service Module

Passenger Service Modules (PSM) are located in the cabin above each row of passenger seat and are equipped
with overhead reading lights, attendant call lights, ordinance signs and oxygen masks. The controls for these
facilities (except for ordinance signs and oxygen masks) are on the Personal Control Handset / Touchscreen PTV
(applicable to Economy Class only).
Attendant calls may be initiated or reset from the PSM and the PCH.
The PSM with the following features is installed:
l Passenger Reading Light - Refer to Chapter 1 Section 4 - Lighting System.
l Attendant Call - Refer to Chapter 1 Section 5 - Passenger Call System.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 22
Overhead Compartment
Each overhead compartment has one or two doors with a latch on the bottom edge of the door. The overhead
compartment doors open upwards and give access to the compartment from the aisle. Special damper hinges
control the opening and closing speed of the door. When the door is unlatched, the damper hinges hold the door
in the fully open position. Each overhead compartment has a grip rail installed along its length below the
compartment door.
Adapted to the cabin configuration, different sizes of the overhead compartments are installed.
Depending on their position in the cabin, two types of overhead compartments are installed:
l Lateral overhead compartments
l Centre overhead compartments
Lateral Overhead Compartments

Lateral overhead compartments are provided along the cabin sidewalls throughout the entire cabin. The weight
limit is 40kg / 88lbs.
Centre Overhead Compartments

Centre overhead compartments are fitted down the centre of the cabin, suspended from the ceiling. The centre
overhead compartments are attached together back to back. The weight limit is 50kg / 110lbs.
Overhead Compartment - Door Operation

l To open:
1. Lift the latch until the overhead compartment door is unlatched.
2. Keep away the hand from the latch. The overhead compartment door opens automatically.
l To close:
1. Swing in the overhead cpmpartment door.
2. Push the overhead compartment door against the housing until the latch snaps into place.
Doghouse
Doghouses are usually installed behind seats immediately forward of galleys, lavatories, closets and partitions if
space is available.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 23
Closet / Stowage
Note: During take-off, landing, taxiing and turbulence, ensure all closets, doghouses and stowage are properly
closed and locked, i.e.
1. For closets: Ensure both doors are shut and aligned, then turn the handles until they are in the
horizontal position and the red dot is not visible.
2. For doghouses: Slide it shut until it clicks, then lock by pushing handle in until red bar is not visible.
3. For stowage: Close door shut until it clicks, then slide secondary bolt latches all the way in to the
locked position (green dot should appear).

A330-300 (A33E) Page 24
C1C
C1C is located aft of G1C.
C1C-01 facing left hand aisle is fitted with one 11" coat rod.
C1C-02 facing right hand aisle is fitted with two 11" coat rods.
These are used for hanging jackets and the storage of catering items.
LHS RHS
C1C
SIC (S1CL and SICR)

It is located behind C1C, the compartment doors are facing on both aisles.
This stowage is designed with a closet on the right hand side S1CR, and a compartment SICL on the left hand
side for inflight manuals.
S1CL S1CR

A330-300 (A33E) Page 25
S1L and S1R

S1L and SIR are located in Door 1 area, in front of first row on the left hand side and right hand side respectively.
Both units are fitted with studs for securing the baby bassinet on top.
Both units are designed for stowing catering items such as individual water bottles.
S1L and S1R
E2L
It is located forward of L2 door and is designated as storage of emergency equipment.
E2L

A330-300 (A33E) Page 26
E2R
It is located forward of R2 door and is designated as storage of emergency equipment.
E2R
S2C (S2CL and S2CR)

It is located in door 2 area, in front of the first row centre seats.
This stowage is designed with compartments accessible from the forward face as well as both aisles.
It is fitted with compartments for emergency equipment, catering items and a small waste bin and magazine racks
facing galley 2.
S2C (S2CL / S2CR)

A330-300 (A33E) Page 27
S2L
It is the stowage in Door 2 area located in front of the first row on the left hand side. It is used for the storage of
catering items.
S2L
S2R
It is located aft of lavatory L36.
It is used for the storage of catering items, as well as baby bassinets, Passenger Transfer Kit and Inflight
Wheelchair.
S2R

A330-300 (A33E) Page 28
S2RA
It is an additional stowage next to S2R.
It is used for the storage of catering items and hanging jackets.
S2RA
S1CA
It is located behind seats 18D and 18G.
It is designated for engineering items such as spare seat covers. Normally it is closed with blue seal intact.
S2CA
It is located behind seats 21D and 21G.
It is designated for engineering items such as spare seat covers. Normally it is closed with blue seal intact.
Note: For the security check of S1CA & S2CA, Cabin Crew are required to check that the blue seal is intact. If
the blue seal is not intact, check to ensure no suspicious items are hidden inside. Report to the ISM so
that an entry is made in the CDML.
S1CA / S2CA

A330-300 (A33E) Page 29
Lavatory
(For Engineering purposes, the term Toilet or Lavatory are used
in this manual.)
There are 8 lavatories installed in the cabin for the
comfort of passengers and Crew.
Each lavatory contains a toilet, wash basin with hot

and cold water, mirror, miscellaneous supplies, a
smoke detector/alarm, and a service module housing
passengers oxygen, attendant call switch, warning
signs, air vent and a P/A speaker.
3 lavatories are allocated for Business Class

passengers' use:
l L11 (fwd of L1)
l L14 (aft of R1)
l L36 (aft of R2)
All Business Class lavatories are installed with a full

length mirror.
5 lavatories are allocated for Economy Class

passengers' use:
l L52, L53, L54, L61 and L62 (forward of Drs 3)
Each lavatory is equipped with a diaper changing

table.
L36 is equipped with additional grab handles and a

single panel door for passengers with reduced
mobility.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 30
Lavatory Door
Each lavatory is provided with an outward opening rigid door or bi-folding door. All lavatory doors are fitted with a
lock which includes a VACANT / OCCUPIED indicator (flag).
Occupied indicator is red, door is locked and cannot be opened from outside.
Vacant indicator is green, door is unlocked and can be opened from outside.
Lavatory doors can be secured in the open position by pushing a metal latch on the door hinge side located at the
top of the door.
Normal Operation from Inside

To Lock: move the latch towards left / right.
To Open: bi-fold door
move the latch towards the left / right and pull the door inwards.
single panel door
move the latch towards the left / right.
turn the handle and open the door outwards.
Emergency Unlocking Mechanism

In case of an emergency, lift the LAVATORY cover plate above the VACANT / OCCUPIED indicator and slide
the unlocking pin.
OCCUPIED VACANT

A330-300 (A33E) Page 31
Single Panel Door Latch Emergency Operation

The catch assembly in the door frame is fitted with a folding catch, which is operated by a lock pin. In an
emergency:
1. Turn the lock pin to the left or right side with a coin, for example, to unlock the latch.
2. Pull at the knob to open the lavatory door.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 32
Lavatory - Interior
l Toilet unit with seat and cover
l Wash basin unit with drain valve assembly, water faucet and liquid soap dispenser etc.
l Wash basin cabinet with access door
l Waste container with waste chute and closing flap
l Paper roll holders
l Service box for paper towel, paper cup and tissue box
l Lavatory service unit(LSU)
l Airvent
l Mirror / full length mirror *
l Amenity drawer
l Toilet seat cover dispenser
l Ashtray
l Coat hook
l Handgrip **
l Smoke detector
l Waste-bin fire extinguisher
l Diaper changing table
* Full length mirror is fitted in L11, L14 and L36.
** An additional handle is installed in L36 for passengers with reduced mobility.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 33
Access to Lavatory Mirror Compartment

The following highlights the different ways to access the mirror compartments.
l Lavatory L11 located forward of L1 door
To Open : Press the upper left corner of the

mirror and then release.
To Close : Press the upper left corner of the

mirror again and push in.
l For all other lavatories
To Open : Locate the release button next ot the

disposal cup dispenser. Push in to
open the mirror compartment.
To Close : Push the mirror back to the original

position.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 34
Access to Liquid Soap Bottle in L11

The liquid soap bottle is located inside the mirror cabinet in all other lavatories. In lavatory L11, it is located below
the tissue box dispenser with a separate door. Press the top corner of the door to open for security check as
shown in pictures below.
Access to Tissue Box Dispenser

Lavatory L11 - Pictures below show the location of the tissue box dispenser and the loading of a tissue box.
l For all other lavatories
The tissue box dispenser is kept close by means of magnetic plates. Pull the edge of the dispenser to open.
Pictures below show the location of the tissue box dispenser and the loading of tissue box.
Tissue box dispenser Pull to open Push to close after loading

A330-300 (A33E) Page 35
Lavatory Service Unit (LSU)

All lavatories are equipped with a lavatory service unit.
Return to seat sign
Attendant call button
Plug for electric razors
The RETURN TO SEAT sign comes on when the FASTEN SEAT BELT signs are switched on.
The attendant call button (when pressed) operates the passenger call chime and lights in the cabin. (Refer to
Chapter 1 Section 5 - Passenger Call System.)
Smoke Detector
Location
One smoke detector is installed in each lavatory extraction duct. Refer to Operations Manual Volume 5 Cabin
Crew Safety and Emergency Procedures Manual, Chapter 1 for details.
A
A SMOKE DETECTOR
AIR EXTRACTION
DUCT
AIRFLOW
AIRFLOW

A330-300 (A33E) Page 36
Waste-Bin Fire Extinguisher

Location
A fire extinguisher is installed above the waste bin in each lavatory.
Description
Each fire extinguisher has these main components:
l A spherical container with a mounting bracket.
l A discharge tube with a fusible plug.
l A pressure gauge.
l An identification label.
Operation
If there is a fire in the waste bin, the fire extinguisher operates automatically. When the temperature in the waste bin
increases to approximately 77 C (170.6 F), the fusible plug installed in the end of the discharge tube melts and lets the
agent flow into the waste bin.
EXAMPLE
A
EXTINGUISHER
DISCHARGE TUBE
FUSIBLE
PLUG
PRESSURE GAUGE

A330-300 (A33E) Page 37
Water Faucet
General
The water faucet is installed in each lavatory.
Description
The water faucet has the following components:
l An outlet.
l An operating part to activate the waterflow.
Operation
Electrical Water Faucet
l Apply light pressure either to the red or to the blue button. The water flow will start and stop automatically.
l When operating either buttons for the first time, warm water will first flow out of the outlet.
l To get hot water, operate the red button again.
l To get cold water, operate the blue button again.
Water Heater
General
The water heater is installed in each lavatory below the wash basin to the hot water connection of the water
faucet.
Description
The water heater has the following components:
l A WATER INLET
l A WATER OUTLET
l A TANK
l An ON/OFF SWITCH
l An INDICATOR LIGHT
l A PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE

A330-300 (A33E) Page 38
Operation
o o o o
A thermoswitch regulates the water temperature between 54 C (129.2 F) and 50 C (122 F). If the thermoswitch has a
o o o o
malfunction, an overheat switch cuts the electrical supply between 72 C (161.6 F) and 82 C (179.6 F).
EXAMPLE
A
WATER HEATER
ON/OFF INDICATOR
SWITCH LIGHT
WATER
OUTLET
PRESSURE
RELIEF
VALVE
A WATER INLET

A330-300 (A33E) Page 39
Drain Valve Assembly

Location
A drain-valve assembly is installed in the wash basin of each lavatory.
Description
The drain-valve assembly lets the waste water drain from the wash basin through the drain valve to the drain masts.
Operation
An operating handle at the water faucet let you open and close the drain-valve assembly.
EXAMPLE
DRAIN-VALVE
ASSEMBLY
A
OPERATING
HANDLE
(FOR DRAIN-VALVE
ASSEMBLY)
WATER OUTLET
Drain Valve
Location
A drain valve is installed in the waste water line under each wash basin.
Description
The drain valve lets the waste water drain to the drain masts and stops the leakage of air pressure through the drain
mast.
For more information, refer to Troubleshooting "Manual Override for Wash Basin Drain Valve" (Chapter 1 Section
10).

A330-300 (A33E) Page 40
Toilet Manual Water Supply Shut Off Valve

The Manual Water Supply Shut Off Valve may be used to shut off water supply in the lavatory.
The Manual Water Supply Shut Off Valve is installed under the water heater inside the cabinet under the sink. A
placard shows picture of the valve in OPEN and CLOSE position.
EXAMPLE
RIGHT ANGLE ARRANGEMENT
LEVER
PLACARD
CONTROL HANDLE
CLOSE POSITION
OPEN POSITION
Manual Flush Shut Off Handle

The Manual Flush Shut Off Handle (if available) is located behind an access door next to the toilet bowl on either
the left or right hand side. It is operated manually by turning it to close.
MANUAL FLUSH
SHUT OFF HANDLE
ACCESS DOORS
MANUAL FLUSH
SHUT OFF HANDLE

A330-300 (A33E) Page 41
Baby Bassinet
A total of 4 fold-type baby bassinets are carried as part of the standard cabin equipment.
Baby Bassinet Location

Four (4) are stowed in the stowage S2R-01.
Designated Seats for Baby Bassinet

Business Class: in front of 11A, 11K
Economy Class: in front of 39DE, 39FG, 59DE, 59FG
Table for Baby Bassinet

l Each table is limited to a maximum capacity of 22 kgs / 50 lbs.
l The table for baby bassinet may only be used inflight and must be closed and latched for taxi, take-off and
landing.
l Passenger's own carry-on bassinet may be used but they must fit the table and must be secured properly
with the straps.
Note: Should passenger use the table for other purposes (e.g. placing a meal tray or a small bag), it is required
to ensure the table is secured and the allowable weight is observed.
For detailed handling procedures, refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating Manual - General
Procedures Chapter 5 Section 5.6.
BABY BASSINET LOCATION

A330-300 (A33E) Page 42
Business Class
l To Prepare the Baby Bassinet:
1. Place the baby bassinet on the surface in front of the designated seat.
2. Remove the mattress, pillow and sheet and place them beside the baby bassinet.
3. Fasten the snaps on the studs close to the bulkhead.
4. Fasten the snaps on the studs close to the seat partition.
5. Raise the baby bassinet wall by lifting the hood.
6. Pull both wire frames until they lock in position one after the other.
7. Neatly line the baby bassinet with the sheet provided. Place the mattress and the pillow in the baby
bassinet.
8. Deploy the hood by pressing the button on the base of the hood frame.
9. The baby bassinet is now ready for use.
Hood Button

A330-300 (A33E) Page 43
Economy Class
l To Prepare the Baby Bassinet:
It is recommended to prepare the baby bassinet in the service centre.
1. Retrieve the baby bassinet from stowage.
2. Remove the mattress, pillow and sheet and place in the baby bassinet bag temporarily.
3. To raise the baby bassinet wall, first lift the hood.
4. Pull both wire frames until they lock in position one after the other.
5. Neatly line the bassinet with the sheet provided. Place the mattress and the pillow in the baby
bassinet.
6. Deploy the hood by pressing the button at the base of the hood frame.
Note : In order to prevent damage to the baby bassinet, Cabin Crew is required to demonstrate to
passengers how to raise and lower the hood by pressing the button at the base of the hood
frame.
l To Deploy the Table:
It is recommended to prepare the baby bassinet before deploying the fold-down table.
1. Lift up both latches to release the table from its housing.
2. Secure the tables in down position by pulling the table towards the user and ensuring both latches are
down.
3. Secure the baby bassinet with the two safety straps on the bassinet table or the two black straps on
the bassinet itself.
4. The baby bassinet is now ready for use.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 44
l To Stow the Table:
1. Pull the table towards the user and turn both latches up.
2. Bring the table towards the bulkhead until it clicks in the locked position.
Latches UP to Release
Magazine Rack
Magazine racks are installed in Business Class cabin.
l Two magazine rack are mounted on the S2C. The light switch for the magazine rack is located on the
Electrical Panel of G2.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 45
Inflight Wheelchair
The folding wheelchair helps to transport passenger with reduced mobility (weight limit 100 kgs) at boarding,
disembarkation or inflight between seat and lavatory. It is stowed in stowage S2R-21.
The inflight wheelchair is part of aircraft service equipment and must not be off-loaded.
The features are:
LAP STRAPS RETRACTABLE ARMREST CENTRE HANDLE BAR
FOOTREST RELEASE CABLE AND HANDLE BAR BRAKE

A330-300 (A33E) Page 46
l To set up:
1. Lay the inflight wheelchair flat on the floor with wheels down.
2. Grab the rubber part of the footrest with one hand and the centre handle bar with another hand to
open. Gently pull in opposite directions to fully open until it clicks. Be careful of fingers to avoid finger
trap. See photo A.
3. Position the inflight wheelchair upright.
4. Lower the armrest and release the lap straps.
5. Inflight wheelchair is now ready for use.
PHOTO A
Note: When the inflight wheelchair is in position for passenger, ensure that:
1. Seatback is fully extended and secured or locked in place.
2. The brake on each side is applied.
3. The lap straps are placed on the side for easy fastening.
4. Lower the retractable armrest if required.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 47
l To close:
1. Ensure lap straps are on the seat.
2. Pull the 'release cable' and the handle bar located behind the seat of the inflight wheelchair to release
the lock. See photo B.
3. Press together to fold/close the inflight wheelchair completely or until it locks. Again, mind fingers to
prevent finger trap.
4. Inflight wheelchair is now ready to be stowed.
PHOTO B

A330-300 (A33E) Page 48
Provision Of Curtains For Cabin Crew Discretionary Inflight Rest

Seats 72HK, 73HK and 74HK designated for Cabin Crew discretionary inflight rest are installed with curtains to
enhance privacy. The curtains must be strapped neatly:
l when seats are sold to passengers
l for take-off and landing

Cabin System ISD OPS PART B Section 4
A330-300 (A33E) Page 1
Cabin System
Lighting System
The cabin lights illuminate the cabin and entrance areas. These lights are controlled by the cabin lighting system,
which is part of the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS).
Business Class Mood Lighting

Fluorescent and coloured LED lights are installed on the ceiling and sidewalls of the Business Class cabin.
Pre-set lighting scenarios are used to create an ambience that enhances passengers' mental and physical well
being.
System Operation from the Forward Attendant Panel (FAP)

Mood Lighting FAP (HLP/R/W)
The stand-alone Airbus Mood Lighting System provides different colour scenarios in the Business Class cabin.
The control is by a separate Forward Attendant Panel (Mood Lighting FAP) installed on the right hand side of
Galley G1C. This Mood Lighting FAP consists of the Cabin Lighting Page only (similar to the Cabin Lighting Page
on the FAP on LAJ and onwards) and it is used to control the Mood Lighting in the Business Class cabin.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 2
Cabin Lighting Page on FAP at L1 Door (Except HLP/R/W)

The Cabin Lighting Page on the FAP can be displayed by pushing the LIGHTS key in the 1st level of the
SYSTEM AND FUNCTION KEY SET (refer to Chapter 1 Section 2 - Forward Attendant Panel).
General Cabin Settings:
Different pre-set lighting buttons on the upper menu "GENERAL CABIN SETTINGS" are to be used to
control the Business Class cabin.
l Board (boarding)
l Dep (departure)
l Arr (arrival)
l Dis-embark (disembarkation)
l Transit
l Maint (for Ground Engineer use only)
The "DAY/NIGHT" button is for setting the "DAY" mode or "NIGHT" mode.
Note: The "DAY / NIGHT" button must be set before selecting any scenario buttons.
The Main ON/OFF is for turning on or off the lights on the side wall, ceiling, entry way, overhead reading
lights of the whole cabin.
The R/L ON and R/L OFF buttons are used to turn on or off all overhead reading lights. It is normally for
maintenance personnel used to check the serviceability of all overhead reading lights.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 3
Additional menu consists of the following pre-set lighting buttons will be displayed when the "select" button
on individual class is pressed. These buttons will control the cabin lighting in the selected class only.
l Brkfst Brunch (breakfast / brunch)
l Lunch Refr (lunch / refreshment)
l Dinner Refr (dinner / Refreshment)
l Relax
l Sleep
l Wake up
l "BRT" to set the light to 100% brightness
l "OFF" to turn off the light
l / to adjust the light intensity
Adjacent to the "select" button displays the current light settings and the status of the selected pre-set
lighting button i.e. RUN or END.
RUN - indicates the pre-set lighting button is activated.
END - indicates the pre-set lighting is completed.
FWD ARTWORK LT - to control the artwork lights for the artwork fitted on S1C and S2C.
AFT ARTWORK LT - to control the artwork lights for the artwork fitted forward of G2 and aft Business Class
partition.
l "BRT" to set the selected lights to 100% brightness
l "DIM 1" to dim the selected lights to 50% brightness
l "DIM 2" to dim the selected lights to 10% brightness
To switch off the lights, press the active "green" button a second time.
"Entry" - To set the lights intensity of the selected entrance area, on the corresponding menu, touch one of
the following keys:
l "BRT" to set the entrance area lights to 100% brightness.
l "DIM 1" to dim the entrance area lights to 50% brightness.
l "DIM 2" to dim the entrance area lights to 10% brightness.
To switch off the entrance area lights, press the active "green" button a second time.
Note: The lights in the forward entry area (behind the cockpit) decrease in intensity automatically when
the cockpit door is opened while the engines are running.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 4
Economy Class Cabin Lighting

Fluorescent tubes are installed in the ceiling panels above the aisles and windows.
System Operation from the FAP at L1 Door

Cabin Lighting Panel - L1 (HLP/R/W)
The separate switches on the lighting control panel at L1 station controls each of the lighting strips.
The integral light of WDO and AISLE push buttons come on automatically when any CABIN push button
is pressed. To switch off, simply press the corresponding switch. When pressed again, the illumination of the
selected area comes on at the intensity level previously selected.
When CABIN YCL push button is pressed, the illumination of the Economy Class cabin lights come on
100%.
When DIM 1" push button is pressed, the illumination of the Economy Class cabin lights comes on 38%.
When DIM 2" push button is pressed, the illumination of the Economy Class cabin lights comes on 10%.
When NIGHT push button is pressed, limited fluorescent lights in the centre ceiling panels (left and right)
are switched on to 10% illumination level.
Pressing the selected push button again will turn the cabin lights completely off except those lights near the
lavatories will maintain at 10% illumination level.
Guidelines for the cabin light setting is available in the ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating Manual
- General Procedures, Chapter 1.
The ENTRY push buttons cause the fluorescent lights at all entry areas and Door 1 Service Centre to
come on at 100% illumination intensity.
When DIM 1" push button is pressed, the illumination of the lights in the respective entry areas come on
50%
When DIM 2" push button is pressed, the illumination of the lights in the respective entry areas come on
10%.
Pressing the selected push button again will turn the entry lights completely off.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 5
The LAV MAINT push button provides lighting to the lavatory for servicing (this push button is for
maintenance only). It should be "OFF" at all times during inflight.
"R/L ON" and" "R/L OFF" push buttons are for turning on or off all overhead reading lights.
Note 1: The lights in the forward entry area (behind the cockpit) decrease in intensity automatically when the
cockpit door is opened while the engines are running.
Note 2: The selected push button illuminates green to show current selections. e.g if DIM 1" is selected, 'DIM
1" push button will be illuminated Green" and CABIN and DIM 2" push buttons will be in 'Amber.
Cabin Lighting Page (Except HLP/R/W)

The control of cabin lighting is the same as Business Class.
Additional Attendant Panel (AAP)

Each AAP controls the illumination of its entrance area and connected passenger cabins. (Refer to Chapter 1
Section 2 - Additional Attendant Panel)
Passenger Reading Light

The passenger reading lights are high intensity lights (LED lights are installed on aircrafts excluding HLP/R/W). It
gives additional illumination to the seating areas. They are pre-directed by Maintenance for optimum passenger
comfort and should not require further adjustment. It can be controlled from the Personal Control Handset (PCH) /
Touchscreen PTV (applicable to Economy Class only).
Individual reading light can also be controlled from the push button (P/B) switch which is installed next to it.
Pushing the push button turns on the light and pushing it again turns off the light (not applicable to HLP/R/W).

A330-300 (A33E) Page 6
Reading Light Cover (Temporarily removed until further notice)

Reading light covers are packed in a pouch stowed inside L1A crew seat compartment (applicable to HLP/R/W).
Cabin Crew are to follow the guidelines below when addressing defective reading lights, i.e. reading lights cannot
be switched off or if it flickers:
l Advise ISM of the location of the defective reading light so that it can be re-set via Cabin Terminal (CT).
l If the defective reading light still cannot be fixed, the reading light covers can be used upon passenger's
request.
l Caution must be taken when placing the cover onto the defective reading light as the light may generate a
tremendous amount of heat.
l A ring is fitted around the reading light cover to ensure it stays in place.
l The reading light cover can be used for more than 6 hours. Cabin Crew should continue to be vigilant
especially if the reading light cover is used for an extended period of time.
l Report to the ISM the number of reading light cover(s) used.
l Details of the defective reading light and its location must be logged in the CDML.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 7
Attendant Work Light

Attendant work lights are installed at each crew station and is controlled individually by a push button switch either
next to the light or next to the Crew seat.
A
CABIN CREW
WORK LIGHT
PUSH BUTTON
SWITCH
Lavatory Lighting
The lavatory light system is controlled by the CIDS.
A micro-switch in the lavatory door-frame controls the illumination level.
l When the lavatory door is UNLOCKED:
n The fluorescent tube and the wash-table / auxiliary lights illuminate with reduced intensity,
n The mirror lights are off.
l When the lavatory door is LOCKED:
n The fluorescent tube and the wash-table / auxiliary lights illuminate with full intensity.
n The mirror lights are on.
MIRROR LIGHT
BALLAST UNIT WITH

FLUORESCENT TUBE
WASH-TABLE LIGHT
(LED STRIP)

A330-300 (A33E) Page 8
Water And Waste System

The function of the water system is to supply water from the water tanks to the :
l galleys
l lavatories
The function of the waste system is :
l To discard the waste from the toilet bowl to the waste tanks.
l To discard the wastewater from the wash basins (for example in the lavatories and the galleys) through the
heated drain masts overboard.
The FAP, located at L1 door, is used to control and to indicate the water / waste system.
EXAMPLE OF WATER
SUPPLIED EQUIPMENT
GALLEY
LAVATORY
WATER TANK
BULK CARGO
COMPARTMENT DOOR
AFT CARGO
COMPARTMENT DOOR
WATER TANK WASTE

TANKS
WASTE
SERVICE PANEL
POTABLE WATER
SERVICE PANEL
AFT DRAIN MAST

WASTE
AFT CARGO
WASTEWATER COMPARTMENT
WATER
SYSTEM COMPONENTS

A330-300 (A33E) Page 9
Water Tank
Location
Two water tanks are on board of the aircraft :
l One is located RH in the AFT cargo compartment behind the lining panels, directly behind the AFT cargo
compartment door.
l One is located RH behind the bulk cargo compartment, near the partition wall.
Capacity
Each tank has a usable capacity of 350 liters (92 US Gallons) amounting to a total capacity of 700 liters (184 US
Gallons).
Water Supply
The pressurization of the water system is achieved with compressed air. This ensures that the water flows from
the water tanks to the galleys and lavatories.
Manual Water Shut Off Valve

Manual water shut off valves are installed in each wet galley. The water supply stops, when the manual water
shut off valves are closed.
Waste Water Drainage

General
The waste water from the galley sinks and lavatory wash basins is discarded overboard through the FWD and
AFT heated drain masts.
Description
l Lavatory
n Drain Assembly
The drain assembly is installed at the bottom of the wash basin and is connected to its overflow.
n Drain Valve
The drain valve is installed below the drain assembly in the waste water line of the lavatory. It lets the
waste water drain to the drain masts and stops the leakage of air pressure through the drain mast.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 10
l Galleys
n Drain Valve
The drain valve is installed below the sink in the waste water line of the galleys. It lets the waste water
drain to the drain masts and stops the leakage of air pressure through the drain mast.
A
FWD OUTLET
A
AFT
EXAMPLE LAVATORY EXAMPLE GALLEY

SINK
OVERFLOW
WASH
BASIN
DRAIN FROM AFT GALLEYS

ASSEMBLY AND AFT LAVATORYS
DRAIN
VALVE
FWD
DRAIN MAST AFT DRAIN MAST
WASTEWATER LINE
WASTE WATER DRAINAGE
Waste Tank
Location
Two waste tanks are on board the aircraft located behind the bulk cargo compartment.
Capacity
Each waste tank has a capacity of 350 liters (92 US Gallons). This means a total capacity of 700 liters (184 US
Gallons).
Water and Waste Quantity Indication

On the FAP located at L1 door, the quantity of water and waste is displayed. (Refer to Chapter 1 Section 2 -
Water / Waste Quantity and Indication for details)

A330-300 (A33E) Page 11
Air Conditioning
The engines or the APU supply the aircraft with fresh air. This air is controlled for pressure, temperature and
humidity to ensure the comfort of the passengers. A certain part of the used air is mixed to the fresh air by mixer
units. The rest of the used air is discharged overboard.
The air for the passenger cabin is delivered from the underfloor mixer unit into cabin distribution lines, which
supply the different cabin air outlets.
The cabin air is distributed through cabin outlets (above the overhead compartments).
The used air is extracted through panels near the cabin floor.
CABIN AIR CONDITIONING OPERATION

A330-300 (A33E) Page 12
Galley Ventilation
Some galleys have an air outlet in their upper part. The air outlet is connected to the cabin air distribution system.
The air outlets are adjustable for the flow direction, and they are closed by turning them into the closed-position.
Through connections inside of the galley, the used air is extracted and completely discharged overboard.
EXAMPLE
A A
AIR OUTLET
(NOZZLE)
Lavatory Ventilation
Cabin air enters the lavatory through the grills in the door and through the air outlet on the LAVATORY SERVICE
UNIT (LSU).
The air outlet is adjustable for flow direction and flow rate (0% to 100%).
Through the grill in the lavatory ceiling, the used air is extracted and completely discharged overboard.
Behind the grill in the lavatory ceiling, a SMOKE DETECTOR is installed to monitor the extracted air. If there is
smoke in the extracted air, a visual and aural alert comes on.
EXAMPLE CEILING GRILL (AIR OUTLET)
A
A AIR OUTLET
100%
0%
DOOR GRILL (AIR INLET)

A330-300 (A33E) Page 13
Temperature Control from Cockpit

1 2
A A
l Temperature Selector COCKPIT
l Temperature Selector CABIN
Cockpit Temperature Control

The cockpit temperature is controlled by the temperature selector COCKPIT (1) on the cockpit overhead panel
(225VU).
The temperature can be controlled between 18C (64F) (COLD) and 30C (86F) (HOT). The 12 oclock position
is 24C (75F).
Cabin Temperature Control

Basically the cabin areas temperature is controlled by the temperature selector CABIN (2) on the cockpit
overhead panel (225VU).
The temperature can be controlled between 18C (64F) (COLD) and 30C (86F) (HOT). The 12 oclock position
is 24C (75F).
Temperature Control From Cabin

Additional to the temperature control selector in the cockpit, the cabin temperature can be controlled at the FAP.
The temperature correction is limited to plus or minis 2.5oC / 3oC from the pre-selected temperature in the cockpit.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 14
System Operation from the FAP (HLP/R/W)

The temperature of different zones can be individually adjusted from the Programming and Indication Module
(PIM).
ZONE AREA COVERED

JCL 11-21 Business Class
YCL F 39-50 Forward Economy Class
YCL A 59-75 Aft Economy Class
By pressing the cabin temperature hard key on the Foward Attendant Panel, the cabin temperature page is
displayed on the screen.
Press the selected soft keys ( + or - ) to increase or decrease the temperature of different cabin zones. Each
push of the buttons changes the temperature by plus or minus 0.5oC.
The total change is limited to plus or minus 2.5oC / 3oC of the temperature pre-selected in the cockpit. Should the
temperature need to be increased or decreased beyond the limit, the Cockpit Crew must be informed to read just
the selected cabin temperature. Any change from the cockpit must be validated in the cabin by pressing the
COCKPIT SELECTED TEMP key on the PIM.
When the upper or lower limit is reached, the + or - symbol disappears.
When the COCKPIT SELECTED TEMP soft key is pressed, all pre-selected temperatures switch back to the
cockpit selected temperature.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 15
System Operation from the FAP (Except HLP/R/W)

The common master temperature can be individually adapted for six different cabin zones at any time via the
TEMPERATURE MENU page on the FAP touch screen.
CABIN STATUS PAGE
To activate the CABIN TEMPERATURE MENU touch the TEMP button or the related aircraft symbol on the
screen. On this menu page it is possible to reset the cabin temperature correction to the cockpit selected cabin
temperature by touching the RESET button on the screen.
To control / correct the temperature, touch the related seat row S/R button on the screen.
CABIN TEMPERATURE PAGE

A330-300 (A33E) Page 16
After selection of a cabin zone a ZONE TEMPERATURE CONTROL WINDOW appears on the screen.
Pre-select Temp
In Cockpit
Actual Temperature
ZONE TEMPERATURE CONTROL WINDOW
By touching the up or down button on the screen, the cabin temperature can be increased or decreased by
+/-0.5C. To reset the cabin temperature to the cockpit selected temperature touch the RESET button on the
screen.
Fault Message:
Failure message screen may be shown on the FAP. For more information, refer to Troubleshooting "Inoperative
Cabin Temperature Control at FAP" (Chapter 1 Section10).
Cabin Temperature Selection Information

The system is designed to minimize Flight Crew workload. The cockpit and cabin selections should be set only
once prior to flight. Throughout the flight the system takes care of cabin temperature regulation and under normal
operating conditions there is no need to change the selection during flight. It is recommended to follow these
guidelines :
On Ground, Prior to Flight:

l The cabin temperature selector on the cockpit overhead panel (255VU) are selected at about the 10 oclock
position (approximately 22C) for ground and flight operation.
l The cabin temperature on the FAP should be set to the cockpit selected temperature by touching the
RESET button in the CABIN TEMPERATURE MENU page on the FAP.
These setting provides a good cabin temperature comfort for most of the operating conditions.
Inflight:
l Normally the master temperature pre-selection on the cockpit overhead panel (255VU) should not be
changed during flight. In case of a cockpit pre-selection change is required, Cabin Crew should be informed
because there is no automatic indication in the cabin.
Any selection on the cabin temperature selector in the cockpit must be validated by touching the RESET
button in the CABIN TEMPERATURE MENU page on the FAP. As a consequence the CABIN
TEMPERATURE MENU page will show the new selected cabin temperature including the altitude correction
for each of the cabin zones. Without this validation the new setting would not take effect to the system.
l If required, Cabin Crew should adjust the zone temperature up to plus or minus 2.5oC / 3oC each time.
Note: Any change of the temperature selection will initiate the system to blow either colder or hotter air into the
cabin which may result in a temporary discomfort for the passengers. To reach a stabilized temperature
again the system needs about 20 minutes. 10 minutes for cabin temperature adjustment plus 10 minutes
to compensate for furniture and lining heat dissipation. After a cabin temperature change allow the cabin
temperature to stabilize again before the selected temperature is changed again.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 17
Heated Air Outlet System

The Heated Air Outlet System is a new feature designed by Airbus to provide extra warm air in aft Business Class
(JCL) cabin.
An "ON/OFF" push button switch is fitted adjacent to the L1 crew seat. The system is only operative under the
following conditions:
l Cabin Conditioned Air - ON
l Cargo Doors - CLOSED
No Crew action is normally required unless the passengers in the aft JCL cabin complain that it is too warm. For
example, the aircraft is holding on the ground and waiting for take-off for a long time. Cabin Crew may manually
switch OFF the system, by pressing the Heated Air Outlet 'ON/OFF' button.
Note: Cabin Crew is ONLY required to report to the ISM if the "FAULT" light illuminates INFLIGHT so that the
defect is entered in the Cabin Defect Maintenance Log (CDML).
L1 DOOR JCL HEATED AIR OUTLET

ON / OFF SWITCH

A330-300 (A33E) Page 18
Circuit Breaker Panel

Location
VE Panels 5001VE and 5005VE are fitted on the ceiling located aft of Cockpit and Doors 4 cross-aisle
respectively. Circuit breakers for different electrical systems are located to those panels.
5005VE
5001VE
FR76
FR71
FR18
FR11
VE PANEL LOCATION
l They are installed to protect the electrical circuits of their related components.
l A cover protects each circuit breaker panel to prevent unauthorized access.
Description
The VE panels have rows of circuit breakers. The function of each circuit breaker is shown below the related
circuit breaker. The location of the circuit breaker is defined through a matrix (Letter x Number):
l A letter (A,B,C,...) for the circuit breaker row.
l A number (1,2,3,...) for the circuit breaker column.
Example:
l If a circuit breaker is installed in row C on position 8 (column 8) the related location is called C8.
l In this case the circuit breaker C8 protects the electrical circuit which is responsible for the cabin lighting on
the right hand window side in the middle of the cabin area.
Caution: It is not allowed to reset a tripped circuit breaker.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 19
CIDS DEU A
PASSENGER COMP SEATS FWD NORM MID NORM HEATING PASSENGER COMP SEATS
FWD LEFT RIGHT CENTER MID 1 LEFT RIGHT CRC MID
PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEM

IN-SEAT OVERHEAD VCC IFE CENTER
AREA 1-3 AREA 4-6 PAX SYS AC1 AC2 AC3 DC AC1 AC2 AC3 DC
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT SEATS PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEM

CABIN
LH MID RH PVIS RADIO PRAM CTU
VACU SYS GWDUICE PROT LAVATORY FWD & MID DOOR 2

VACUUM CLEANER SOCKET POWER FWD ESC SLD HOT WATER OCCUP CTL
Z221 Z242 Z222 Z241 LH RH DOOR 1/2 L11 L13 L34/38 L33/35 LIGHT SIGNS FCRC
VACUUM TOILET SYSTEM EXTRACT FAN SUPPLY EXTRACT FAN SUPPLY

DC POWER LEFT DC POWER RIGHT MAINT TOIL.& IFEC CABIN
L34/38 L11/13 L33/35 BUS ON GALLEY VENTILATION AIR
PASSENGER READING LIGHT - PAX & CABIN ATTND

LATERAL HATRACK MIDDLE HATRACK
LIGHT - CABIN
CEILING WINDOW ENTRY ELECTRONIC PAX READ.LIGHT
LH FWD RH LH MID RH LH FWD RH LH MID RH FWD WAT.FAUCET MIDDLE HATRACK
LIGHT - CABIN FAN LIGHT DOOR AREA HEATING PANELS

CEILING WINDOW ENTRY MONI- LOWER DECK LAV FPH LEFT FPH RIGHT IPCU FWD
LH AFT RH LH AFT RH AFT TORING AC AC DOOR 2 DOOR 1 DOOR 1 DOOR 2 FPH+SAFH
12 G925-92613-206 M
AFIS PAX NETWORK
ESU CWLU 1-3 CNSU A B C
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
VE PANEL 5001VE
LEFT VACUUM TOILET SYSTEM RIGHT

PASSENGER COMP SEATS LAV PWR IN LOC RESET LAV PWR IN LOC
AFT SYSTEM L61 L73 L74 L62 SYSTEM
WAT SYST LAVATORY AFT & MID DOOR 3 DOOR AREA HEATING FPH IPCU
QUANT HOT WATER DOOR 3 DOOR 4 EMER.EX.DOOR AFT
IND OCCPD L61 L73 L74 L62 LH RH LH RH LH RH FPH+SAFH
LIGHT
LAV PAX & CABIN ATTND
AFT&MID LATERAL HATR MIDDLE HATR LAT HATR LDMCRLAT HATR
PES ICE PROT ELECTRONIC

IN-SEAT ESC SLIDE WATER FAUCET
AREA 7-8 SPARE AREA 9-11 DOOR 3/4
VACU SYS CIDS DEU A DEU B

GWDU PWR AFT NORM MID 2 BCRC AFT GALLEY HEATING VACUUM CLEANER SOCKET
AFT LEFT RIGHT CTR CTR NORM CTL POWER Z261 Z262 Z271 Z272
F925 90616 268 AZ
MEDICAL OUTLET VACUUM

LH RH CLEANER
AC DC DC AC SOCKET BCRC
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
VE PANEL 5005VE
Note: A cover protects the VACUUM TOILET SYSTEM RESET push button against unintentional use.
Reverse side blank

Communication System ISD OPS PART B Section 5
A330-300 (A33E) Page 1
Communication System
Interphone System
The interphone system is a part of the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS).
The interphone system provides communication and call facilities between:
l Flight Crew and Cabin Crew
l Flight Crew and ground mechanics
l Cabin Crew and Cabin Crew
It entails the use of a handset and triggers the activation of audio / visual signals by way of the Area Call Panel
(ACP) and Attendant Indication Panel (AIP).
ACP
AMBER BLUE PINK BLUE AMBER
PA INTPH PURS PA INTPH PURS
1 2 ALL 1 2 ALL
3 4 3 4
PRIO
CAPT CAPT RESET
CIDS PRIO
CAPT CAPT RESET
PTT PTT
ALL ATTENDANT INDICATION PANELS (AIP)
Cabin Interphone
Each main Cabin Crew station is equipped with an attendant handset (total 8) with P/A and interphone capabilities
and the associated Attendant Indication Panel (AIP).
The handsets are accessible to Cabin Crew while seated with their seat belts fastened.
Each attendant handset has integrated keys for P/A and calls.
Press this button

to release the
handset.
All buttons on the dial
pad have the same
functions as current
Airbus handsets.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 2
l To make an interphone call:
1. Lift handset from the receptacle.
2. Press the INTPH key.
3. Press key for the desired station:
Designator Station
PURS Purser
1 L1 / R1
2 L2 / R2
3 L3 / R3
4 L4 / R4
4. Listen to the handset for a response or look at the AIP to check that the call has been put through.
5. When the call is answered, talk into the handset. DO NOT PRESS the PTT bar; this is used only
when making P/A announcements.
l To receive an interphone call:
1. Lift handset.
2. Speak.
l To reset an interphone call:
Hang up handset, or press RESET key.
l To make a purser call:
The Purser call allows a call to be made to the Inflight Service Manager (ISM) without knowing his/her
location on the aircraft. The ISM is alerted by a distinct chime and can answer the call from any station:
1. Lift handset.
2. Press the INTPH key.
3. Press the PURS key.
l To answer a purser call:
1. Lift any handset and press the PURS key.
2. Speak.
l Cabin to flight deck call:
It is not required to press the INTPH key to make a call to the Flight Deck. It is only required to press on
the key CAPT or PRIO CAPT (for emergency calls).
Note 1: A call from one station to another station will initiate:

A chime.
An illumination (pink) on the Area Call Panel (ACP) of the receiving station.
A message on the Attendant Indication Panel (AIP) on both left and right hand side of the calling
and receiving stations.
Note 2: The ACP light and the AIP message will extinguish when the handset at the receiving station is
retrieved from the receptacle.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 3
Inter-Communication System (Part I)
Types of Operation Audio Visual Indication

Call (What to (Chime) Area Call Attendant Indication Panel (AIP)
Press) Panel (ACP) From the The Rest of the Station
Station
Initiated Call
Cockpit to FWD / MID / Respective Respective N /A Respective AIP: CALL CAPTAIN
station 1 / 2 EXIT / AFT station station ACP display with steady green light (rest of
/3/4 1 x Hi-Lo-Hi flashing pink AIPs: no indication)
Cockpit to PURS All stations All stations N /A L1 AIP: CALL CAPTAIN display with
purser 1 x Hi-Hi-Lo ACP flashing steady green light
pink The rest of AIPs: PURSER CALLED
display with no light
Cockpit to ALL All stations All stations N /A All AIPs: CALL ALL CAPT display with
all stations 1 x Hi-Lo-Hi ACP flashing steady green light
pink
Cockpit to EMER All stations All stations N /A All AIPs: CALL PRIO CAPT display
all stations 3 x Hi-Lo ACP flashing with steady red light
in pink
emergency
Station to INTPH + Respective Respective AIP _**_ Respective AIP: CALL _*_
station number of station1 x station ACP ATTND ATTND display with steady green
the station Hi-Lo steady pink display with light
no light
Any station INTPH + All stations All stations AIP L1 AIP: CALL _*_ ATTND display with
(Except L1) PURS 1 x ACP steady PURSER steady green light
to ISM Hi-Med-Lo pink display with All AIPs (Except L1): PURSER
no light CALLED display with no light
Station 1 / 2 INTPH + ALL 1 x Hi-Lo All stations AIP ALL Respective AIPs: CALL ALL ATTND
/ 3 / 4 to ACP steady ATTND display with steady green light
ALL pink display with
no light
Station to CAPT A buzzer No indication AIP: No indication
Cockpit sounds in CAPTAIN
the cockpit display with no
light
Station to PRIO CAPT 3 Buzzers No indication AIP: PRIO No indication
Cockpit sound in the CAPTAIN
(Urgent) cockpit display with
no light
Note 1: * = the door number where the call is made. For example, if the call is made from L2, the AIP at the
receiving station will show "CALL 2L ATTND".
Note 2: ** = the door number being called. For example, if calling L3 station, the AIP at the calling station will
show "3L ATTND".
Note 3: Maximum cabin stations included in conference mode for a priority call (PRIO CAPT) is 8.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 4
Inter-Communication System (Part II)

Types Of Call To Answer The Call Purpose Call Crews Action
Cockpit to station The station being Service Crew in the vicinity to answer
1/2/3/4 called to pick up
the phone and talk
Cockpit to purser From L1: Pick up Important flight related ISM to answer
th phone and talk information If ISM is not available, any Crew
From the rest of will answer
stations: Pick up
the phone, press
"PURS" before
talking
Cockpit to all Any station to pick Cockpit requires urgent All Crew to answer
stations up the phone and communication with the
talk Cabin Crew (e.g. lavatory
After hanging up smoke, severe turbulence
the phone, the ahead)
respective AIP
indication
cancelled but ACP
remains.
Last one to hang
up the phone will
reset all the
indication in the
cabin
Cockpit to all stations Any station to pick Cockpit are dealing with All Crew to answer
in emergency up the phone and an emergency situation
talk that requires cabin
Last one to hang communication (e.g. cabin
up the phone will smoke)
reset all the
indication in the
cabin
Station to station Respective station Communication Crew in the vicinity to answer
to pick up the
phone and talk
Any station From L1: Pick up Communication ISM to answer
(Except L1) the phone and talk If ISM is not available, any Crew
to ISM From the rest of will answer
stations: Pick up
the phone, press
"PURS" before
talking
Station 1 / 2 / 3 / 4 Respective station Communication All Crew to answer
to ALL to pick up the
phone and talk
Station to Cockpit Communication
Station to Cockpit Urgent / Emergency
(Urgent)
Note 1: * = the door number where the call is made. For example, if the call is made from L2, the AIP at the
receiving station will show "CALL 2L ATTND".
Note 2: ** = the door number being called. For example, if calling L3 stations, the AIP at the calling station will
show "3L ATTND".
Note 3: Maximum cabin stations included in conference mode for a priority call (PRIO CAPT) is 8.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 5
Passenger Address
The Passenger Address (P/A) system distributes the P/A related announcements from the cockpit, the crew
stations, the Pre-recorded Announcement and Music (PRAM) and the Video Control Unit (VCU) to all assigned
passenger loudspeakers (including lavatories and galley areas).
P/A Announcement from a Handset

A P/A announcement can be made from any handsets located at every crew station.
PA
INTP
H PUR
S
1
2 ALL
3
4
PRIO
CAP
T CAP
T RE
S ET
PTT
PUSH TO TALK
If the keys on the handset are pushed in a specific sequence, different connections for the respective P/A
announcements can be set.
The following table shows the functions which are available from the handsets:
Function Key Sequence Connection (From => To)

DIRECT P/A PTT Handset => All LS (Loudspeaker)
P/A ALL P/A+ALL Handset => All LS in the cabin
P/A 1 P/A+1 Handset => All LS in the JCL
P/A 2 P/A+2 Handset => All LS in the YCL
l P/A Indication
n During the dial procedure the dial information is displayed in the upper row of the respective Attendant
Indication Panel (AIP).
n Example : Perform the P/A ALL function
Result on the calling Result on all the other

Action
Step AIP AIPs
(on the handset)
(upper row) (lower row)
1 Hook off the handset # (flashing) (no result)
2 Press the P/A key on the handset # # (flashing) (no result)
3 Press the ALL key on the handset P/A ALL (no result)
4 Press PTT and start the announcement > P/A ALL P/A ALL IN USE

A330-300 (A33E) Page 6
n In addition, the following handset operation related messages could appear in the upper row of the
calling AIP while the dialing is in process:
Information Explanation
BUSY Called station is engaged
CNCL Communication is interrupted by a call with a higher priority
OVER Station is connected to a call with a higher priority
ERR A wrong code has been dialed
RST Reset push button is pressed
WAIT P/A CALL Passenger Address system is already in use
n If the dial procedure is finished the respective status information is indicated on all assigned AIPs.
n To raise the attention for these communication information a LOW-HIGH-LOW chime is heard and
the green AIP indicator light comes on additionally. This light is located on the right side of the AIP.
n A red indicator light for system and emergency messages is located on the left side, completed by an
information which is displayed in the lower row of the AIP. Refer to System Components.
P/A Functional and Source Priority

The P/A functions and sources have different priorities:
l Functional Priority
n The P/A function with the higher priority overrides the function with the lower priority.
n The priority levels are given in the following table:
Level Function
1 Direct P/A + P/A from Audio Management Unit (Flight Deck)
2 All remaining P/A functions
Note: Level 1 has the highest and level 2 the lowest priority.
l Source Priority
n A P/A source with a higher priority interrupts a P/A announcement from a source with a lower priority.
Only the announcement from the source with the higher priority is heard.
n The sources have the following priority levels:
Level Source
1 Boom Set, Oxygen Mask (AMU)
2 Cockpit Handset (HS)
3 Purser Handset (HS)
4 Attendant Handset (HS)
5 Prerecorded Announcement (PRAM)
6 EVAC Signalling Tone
7 Video or Entertainment Sounds (VCU)
8 Boarding Music
Note: If the purser handset is not assigned (optional), it will have the same priority level as an attendant
handset. Level 1 has the highest and level 8 the lowest priority with the exception that an announcement
coming from a source of a lower priority has a higher functional priority.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 7
P/A Setting
It is possible to cancel selected and initiated functions manually. Furthermore, the P/A system adjusts the volume
function in some cases automatically.
l Reset of Selected P/A Function
n Hooking the handset to the cradle or pushing the RESET button on the handset cancels a P/A function
initiated by the handsets functional keys.
n If a function is initiated by pushing the PTT button, the release of this button cancels the function.
l Volume Adjustment
n In the case of LOW CABIN-PRESSURE or ENGINE ON the volume of a P/A announcement increases
automatically.
n To avoid a feedback the volume of the P/A announcement in the area around the respective handset
decreases autom atically.
n For the same reason the volume in the area of the cockpit door decreases if the cockpit door is opened
during an announcement.
Area Call Panel

The Area Call Panel (ACP) consists of five individually controlled illuminated coloured segments.
AMBER BLUE PINK BLUE AMBER
Each colour corresponds to a specific call. The fields are used in steady and in flashing modes.
l Blue : Identifies a passenger call to Cabin Crew.
l Amber : Identifies a lavatory call or a lavatory smoke detection.
l Pink : Indicates a call on the cabin interphone.
A total of 14 Area Call Panels are installed in the ceiling near each crew station.
4 Additional Area Call Panels are installed:
l In the ceiling between G1 and G1C.
l In the ceiling between G6 and G7.
l In the ceiling middle of forward Economy Class (left and right hand side)

A330-300 (A33E) Page 8
Registration of a call depends on its origin. (Refer to the diagram below)

A330-300 (A33E) Page 9
Passenger Call System

The call system enables passengers to call Cabin Crew from passenger seats and lavatories.
Making a Call from Passenger Seat

Press the call button on:
l Personal Control Handset (PCH)
l Touchscreen PTV (applicable to Economy Class only)
l Passenger Service Module (PSM)
Activating the ATTENDANT CALL switch:
1. Illuminates the Attendant Call push button (Row Light for HLP/R/W) in the PSM above the seat
2. Illuminates the blue ACP light in the zone on the side of the call is initiated
3. A message on the Attendant Indication Panel (AIP) at respective zone
4. Sounds a chime via loudspeakers at respective zone
PSM (PASSENGER SERVICE MODULE)
ATTENDANT CALL
PUSH BUTTON
PASSENGER SERVICE UNIT
(PSU)
PCH (PASSENGER CONTROL HANDSET)

AMBER ACP LIGHT
HI VIA PA AND C/A IN ZONE/ON SIDE OF
CHI ME LOUDSPEAKERS OF
RESPECTIVE ZONE
WHERE THE CALL WAS INITIATED
AIP AT RESPECTIVE STATION
To RESET a call light, press the call reset button on the PCH or press again the call button on the PSM.
Note: If a passenger makes a call from the seat during boarding when all the seat row numbering lights are
illuminated in steady mode, the respective seat row numbering light will flash. As soon as all doors are
closed, seat row numbering lights are switched off and will illuminate in steady mode when activated by a
passenger call.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 10
Making a Call from Lavatory

Pushing the ATTENDANT CALL push button on the LAVATORY SERVICE UNIT (LSU) starts a LAV CALL from a
lavatory and the amber light of the related ACP comes on steady.
EXAMPLE
LAVATORY
A
ATTENDANT CALL
A P/B
PASSENGER CALL VIA LSU
Indication
After a PASSENGER CALL is initiated:
l The respective ATTENDANT CALL push button on the LSU illuminates.
l A HI chime sounds through loudspeakers of the related cabin zone.
l The amber call light mounted on the outside wall of the related lavatory comes on.
l In the related cabin zone the amber indication field (LED) of the ACP comes on steady.
l The cabin zone related AIP shows the calling lavatory in the lower line of its display (e.g. CALL LAV 11).
l An additional arrow (->) located in the lower right corner of the AIP display indicates that more than only one
call from a lavatory is started.
Note: It is not possible to prevent the HI chime through pushing the CHIME INHIBIT key when the Passenger
CALL is initiated from a lavatory.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 11
Reset a Passenger Call (Except HLP/R/W)

Reset the visual effects of an initiated Passenger CALL through one of the following procedure :
l Push the related ATTENDANT CALL push button again.
l Push the CALL RESET key on the SEAT SETTING page of the FAP.
Note: Closing the aircraft doors at the end of the boarding procedure will automatically lead to the reset of all
visual effects initiated through a PASSENGER CALL.
CALL RESET PUSH BUTTON ON THE FAP
Chime System
A chime is initiated from:
l A call made from any crew station to another (including the Flight Deck)
l A passenger call
l A lavatory call
l Lavatory smoke detection
l Ordinance sign change
Interphone ACP Chime

Cockpit to Purser Pink (flashing) 3 note chime / Hi-Hi-Lo
Cockpit to Cabin Crew all Pink (flashing) 3 note chime / Hi-Lo-Hi
Cockpit to station Pink (flashing) 3 note chime / Hi-Lo-Hi
Station to Purser Pink (steady) 3 note chime / Hi-Hi-Lo
Station to station Pink (steady) 2 note chime / Hi-Lo
Passenger call Blue (steady) 1 note chime / Hi
Lavatory call Amber (steady) 1 note chime / Hi
Lavatory smoke detection Amber (flashing) Repetitive 3 note chime / Hi-Hi-Hi (repeated)
Ordinance sign change 1 note chime / Lo
EVAC signalling Pink (flashing) High pitched siren
Note 1: To minimize disturbance to passengers sitting nearby doors 2 and 3, the passenger call and lavatory
call audio chime are deactivated at doors 2 and 3 areas.
Note 2: The visual indication on the respective AIP and ACP remain.
Note 3: The audio chime and visual indication on the AIP and ACP for the aft JCL cabin and the forward YCL
cabin are connected to doors 1 and 4 respectively.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 12
Attendant Indication Panel

Attendant Indication Panel (AIP) features include a two row alphanumeric display and two indicator lights. The
upper row displays communication information, such as interphone calls and the lower row displays system
information.
The indicator lights serve to attract attention. Green for communication information, red for system and
emergency information.
One Attendant Indication Panel is mounted near each crew station equipped with a handset.
RED INDICATOR GREEN INDICATOR
ONE DISPLAY AREA HAS AN UPPER AND LOWER SPACE AND

WITH 16 CHARACTERS EACH
-THE UPPER SPACE IS USED FOR COMMUNICATION RELATED MESSAGES
-THE LOWER SPACE IS USED FOR SYSTEM RELATED MESSAGES
Priority
This table contains the priorities for the displayed messages on the AIP.
A maximum number of 8 different priorities is possible (1 is the highest and 8 is the lowest).
If the higher indication is reset, the AIP will display the previous indication. The indications are arranged
according to their priority.
Message Related To System Function Priority

Emergency Call 1
Cabin Interphone All Attendant Call 2
Normal Call 3
Lavatory Smoke Detection 1
Evacuation Signalling 2
Call from Lavatory 3
Passenger Call
Call from Seatrow 4
Service Interphone 6
Passenger Address 7
Pre-recorded Announcement 7
Sterile Cockpit Indication 8
Waste Warning Indication 1
Purser Call Status 5

A330-300 (A33E) Page 13
Ordinance Sign
Signs indicating No Smoking and / or Fasten Seat Belt conditions are located in the PSMs and other cabin
locations which ensure visibility to all passengers. A Return To Seat sign is installed in each lavatory and is
visible only when the sign is illuminated.
NO SMOKING AND FASTEN SEAT BELT SIGN
A LO chime sounds over the Passenger Address loudspeakers each time the signs illuminate or extinguish.
Reverse side blank

Galley System ISD OPS PART B Section 6
A330-300 (A33E) Page 1
Galley System
Service Centre
Three service centres are installed for the storing,
preparing and serving of meals, refreshments or L G
beverages. Electrical control panels, fresh water,
waste disposal and air outlets are provided. G
G C L
S S
Galley systems are configured to support two full S S
meals with adequate refrigeration to preserve such

meals on long sectors.
Door 1 Service Centre

Situated in the L1 and R1 area and consists of three
galley units:
S
G
l G1 forward of the R1 door and is aft facing.
VCC S S L
l GIC in the L1 and R1 cross-aisle area and is S
S
forward facing. S
l GIL aft of L1 door and forward facing.

S
B B
Door 2 Service Centre

Situated in the L2 and R2 cross-aisle area and
consists of one galley units.
l Galley 2 (G2) aft facing.
Door 4 Service Centre DH
DH
DH L
Situated aft of L4 and R4 doors and consists of four L L L L
galley units: S S
l G5 in doors 4 cross-aisle and is aft facing.
l G5R forward of R4 door and facing aft.
l G6 aft of R4 door and faces Galley 7.
l G7 aft of L4 door and faces Galley 6.
Aft Stowage
A stowage unit is situated in the aft of the aircraft
between Galleys 6 and 7. DH
G G
G G
S

A330-300 (A33E) Page 2
Galley 1
From top to down, left to right:

- Electrical Panel
- Attendant Indication Panel
- Fresh Air Outlet
- Oven controllers x3
Paper Towel Holder
Standard Unit x 3 Miscellaneous Stowage

Lockable
Compartment
(aisle facing)
Utility Drawer
Paper Clip
Steam Ovens x 3
Pull out table

Waste
Compartment
Chilled Full or Half Size

Cart Bay x 1
Emergency Equipment
Chilled Full Size Cart Bay x 4
Manual Water Shut-off
Hot Cup
Spigot
Drain Pull
Antiseptic Hand Gel Holder

A330-300 (A33E) Page 3
Galley 1C
Roller Screen Strap

From top to bottom, left to right:
- Electrical Panel
- Oven Controller
- Fresh Air Outlet Standard Unit x 4 Standard Unit x 2
(left & right aisle facing)
Wall-mounted Phone
Steam Oven
Ice Drawer
Full or Half Size Cart
Bay x 2 (over-cart
chilled)
Chilled Compartment
Full Size Cart Bay
Manual Water Shut-off
Drain Pull Spigot
Espresso Machine
Beverage Maker x 2
Sink with perforated lid

A330-300 (A33E) Page 4
Galley 1L
Misc. Stowage x 3
Upper -
Emergency
Equipment
Lower -
Misc stowage
Standard Unit x 2
Waste Flap
Soiled Linen Flap
Waste Compartment
Utility Drawer
Soiled Linen
Compartment
Trolley & wine cage x 2
Half Size Cart Bay

A330-300 (A33E) Page 5
Galley 2

A330-300 (A33E) Page 6
Galley 5
Standard Unit x 6 (front facing)

Standard Unit x 5 (aisle facing)
Electrical Panel
Ice Drawers
Chilled
Compartment
Pull out tables
Full or Half Size Cart Bay

x 4 (over-cart chilled)

A330-300 (A33E) Page 7
Galley 5R
Miscellaneous Stowage
Spigot
Standard Unit
Sink with lid
Waste Flap
Waste
Compartment
Half Size Cart Bay x 2

A330-300 (A33E) Page 8
Galley 6
Standard Unit x 7
Electrical Panel
x2
Miscellaneous
Stowage
Oven
Controller
Chilled Compartment
Manual Water
Beverage Maker x 2 shut-off &
Drain Pull

Bay x 2
Steam Oven x 4 (over-cart chilled)
Trash Compactor
Chilled Full Size Cart

or Half Size Cart Bay
Chilled Full Size Cart

Bay x 4
Compartment for
Emergency
Equipment
Crew Seats
(R4, R4A)
Miscellaneous
Stowage

A330-300 (A33E) Page 9
Galley 7
Standard Unit x 6
Electrical Panel
Oven
Controller
Miscellaneous Miscellaneous
Stowage Stowage
Ice Drawers x 2
Oven x 5
Beverage Maker x 2
Bay x 2
(over-cart chilled) Manual Water
Shut-off
Spigot
Chilled Full or Half
Size Cart Bay x 2 Drain
Pull
Chilled Full
Size Cart Bay Antiseptic Sink with lid
x3 Hand Gel
Holder
Full Size Cart Bay

Wall-mount
Phone
Compartment for
Emergency
Equipment
Crew Seats
(L4, L4A)
Miscellaneous
Stowage

A330-300 (A33E) Page 10
Stowage Unit S8
Paper Towel Holder

Mirror
Waste Flap x 2
Waste Compartment x 2

A330-300 (A33E) Page 11
Galley Electrics
The following classification of galley electrical functions is referred to in the Cabin Crew Operational Checklists
(CCOC):
1. ESSENTIAL ELECTRICS Comprise:
l Refrigeration System (Chillers / Freezers)
l Beverage / Espresso Makers
2. NON-ESSENTIAL ELECTRICS Cover:
l Lights
l Ovens
l Hot Cups
l Warmer Plates (part of the Beverage Maker system)
Precaution: Non-essential electrics are used only as required and are subject to the electrical power
restrictions applicable to different aircraft types.
3. ALL GALLEY ELECTRICS
l All the items listed in 1 and 2.
4. At terminating stations, Cabin Crew must check that all galley electrics are OFF.
Galley Lights
Galley area lights at Door 1 and 4 Service Centres are controlled by 'ENTRY' switch on the FAP/AAPs.
A rotary switch with four position 'OFF-BRT-DIM1-DIM2' is installed on the Electrical Panel of Galley 2 and Galley
7 to control galley area lights at Door 2 and Door 4 Service Centre.
Electrical Panel
Each galley fitted with an Electrical Panel which contains the following main equipment:
l Circuit Breaker
l Control Switch
l Load Shed Switch
l Indicator Light
All controls are placarded. The general arrangement is organised logically in relative to the connected equipment.
Individual oven control modules are separately installed in the galley units where ovens are equipped.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 12
Operation
Circuit Breaker
All circuit breakers associated with the electrical equipment for that galley. Circuit breakers operate automatically
and secure the related electrical circuit. When a circuit breaker trips to open position (refer to Figure 1), the circuit
has been overloaded.
l Faulty Equipment
If an electrical fault develops in the equipment connected to a circuit breaker, the circuit breaker will
automatically open to cut off the power to the faulty equipment. A circuit breaker that has opened
automatically should not be CLOSED unless advised by the Flight Crew.
l To Disconnect Electrical Power
A circuit breaker can be opened by PULLING on the black button of the circuit breaker that protrudes
through the panel. Pulling this button opens the circuit breaker and removes the electrical power from the
equipment connected to the circuit breaker. When the circuit breaker is opened a white collar appears
between the circuit breaker button and the mounting panel (Refer to Figure 1).
l To Reapply Electrical Power
A circuit breaker can be closed by PUSHING on the black button until the circuit breaker 'clicks' and the
white collar disappears. This will reapply power to the equipment connected to the circuit breaker/s (Refer to
Figure 2).
White Collar
No White Collar
Panel
Circuit Breaker Open Circuit Breaker Closed

Figure 1 Figure 2
Precaution 1: Before opening a circuit breaker, ensure that the correct circuit breaker is going to be opened.
All circuit breakers are placarded near them showing what equipment is connected to the circuit
breaker.
Precaution 2: NEVER reset a circuit breaker that has opened automatically without consulting the Flight Crew
first.
Precaution 3: A circuit breaker that has opened automatically may be reset once. If circuit breaker opens
automatically again, DO NOT attempt to re-close the circuit breaker again.
Note: All malfunctions and abnormalities must be reported to Inflight Service Manager and Flight Crew.
Appropriate entry must be made in the Cabin Defect Maintenance Log.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 13
Control Switch
Control switches are installed on the electrical panel to power ON/OFF the electrical equipment fitted in the
galleys. For example: Air Chiller, Galley Work Light etc.
Load Shed Switch

As electrical power available on the aircraft are limited, G7 will be provided with a LOAD SHED switch. This will
enable Cabin Crew to select which equipment to operate.
When required, press the LOAD SHED switch to alternate electrical power between oven and beverage maker
or chiller as necessary.
Indicator Lights for the Refrigeration System

Amber ON indicates that the equipment circuit is energised.
Red ON indicates an overheat/overload of the circuit system. The Flight Crew should be notified if a red indicator
is illuminated and details should be written down in the Cabin Defect Maintenance Log (CDML).
Frost Protection Light

The Frost Protection Lights on the electrical control panel in G6 and G7 indicate the operation or failure of the
heaters fitted to the galley water supply and drain pipes. The heaters prevent the pipes from freezing.
Freezing of Pipes
If there is no water supply in G6/G7 or the sink drain is found to be blocked, it could mean the pipes are frozen
(especially on long haul flights). Check if the PWR ON' and HT ON' buttons are illuminated on the panel and log
the defect in the CDML e.g. G6 no water supply.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 14
Refrigeration System
The refrigeration system is designed to maintain a temperature of 5C (40F) in the food cart / compartment under
normal conditions. Refrigeration of the food carts and galley compartments is achieved by means of forced chilled
air circulation. (See 'Refrigeration Ducting System' for details).
Remote type chillers are fitted above the galley ceiling or below the galley floor at each service centre. Galley
units installed with air-conditioning outlets are located at G1, G1C, G2, G5, G6 and G7.
Each galley chilling system has one chiller unit supplying chilled air through ducting to the following:
l Chilled compartment
l Cart bays without door for air-through chilling
l Cart compartments fitted with door for air-over chilling
Operation
Press power 'ON' and switch will illuminate AMBER.
The Refrigeration Ducting Temperature starts to fall to the operating temperature of approximately 8C to -10C.
The Chiller Duct Temp indicator measures the temperature of the air being returned to the chiller unit, it does not
measure the temperature of the food itself in the galley. Thus temperature of the returning airflow to the chiller
unit will always be higher than the actual food temperature.
At pre-determined intervals, chiller unit enters to a "Defrost Cycle" wherein chiller blows warm air for 10 to 20
minutes to melt any ice that may have built up in the system during the chilling cycle.
A duct temperature sensor for fire protection is provided in each refrigeration system. It will turn off power to the
duct air circulation blower in the event that the temperature in the final return duct to the chiller exceeds 71C
(160F). The 'DUCT OHEAT / COMP OHEAT' indicator light will illuminate 'RED' on the galley's electrical panel
when the chiller is in the overheated condition. Flight Crew should be notified if the 'RED' indicator light is
illuminated.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 15
Chilled Compartments
Chilled compartments and ice drawers are fitted in G1C, G5, G6 and G7. Rails are fitted inside the chilled
compartments to carry trays; without the trays, they can be used for bulk stowage.
Refrigeration Ducting System

The galley structure contains the Refrigeration Ducting System that will distribute the chilled air from the chiller
unit to the refrigerated carts / compartments and will collect the return air for delivery back to the chiller for
re-cooling. The air ducts are insulated to reduce heat loss and are routed in such a way as to avoid sudden
change of air direction or velocity which may decrease efficiency and generate noise.
Condensation from the Refrigeration System and ducts is collected and drained into the galley drainage.
AIR CHILLER UNIT
CHILLED AIR DUCT
AIR RETURN DUCT
CHILLED AIR INLET VALVES

AIR EXHAUST VALVES
Refrigeration Valve
Inlet and exhaust valves are provided in the Refrigeration Ducting System at each refrigerated cart location that
will allow air flow through the cart and will automatically close when the cart is removed. Air flow direction through
the cart will be via the upper cart grill and out through the lower grill, the end part of the cart will press against two
spring loaded pins at the air duct inlet valve which will cause the valve to open and allow unrestricted air flow.
Removal of pressure from the pins will close the valve thus cutting off the air flow.
AIR CHILLED VALVE ASSEMBLY
FOODCART
MESH
SPRING LOADED PINS
l When food cart interfaces with refrigeration valve, back of cart will press against spring loaded pins causing
the valve to open. When food cart is removed from stowage, valve will automatically resume closed position.
l DO NOT stow food carts in reverse position, i.e. the back door facing outwards (with airflow grills), as this
will block the airflow and may cause overheating and a shortened life span of the chiller.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 16
Galley Water System

Each galley that has running water is equipped with a WATER SHUT OFF VALVE. Positioning the WATER
SHUT OFF VALVE to OFF turns off water to that galley.
For more information, refer to Chapter 1 Section 10 - Galley System.
Drain System
Sinks are provided in G1, G1C, G2, G5R and G7 to facilitate drainage of liquid waste.
Adjacent to each sink is a knob which is connected to a drain valve. This drain valve stops the hissing noise from
the drains. Normally, valve operation is automatic. The knob will manually open the drain valve. A placard next to
the knob reads : Pull to clear blocked drain.
[Galley Sink Disposal Procedures]

1. After each meal service and in preparation for landing, rinse the sink with 2 decanters / jugs of hot water.
This is to ensure the proper drainage of sediments that might have been inadvertently poured in the sink.
2. If only a small amount of coloured liquid is to be disposed (e.g. half glass of soft drink, wine, etc), rinse the
sink briefly with a small amount of water directly from the spigot.
3. Keep the sink clean by ensuring it is wiped down with a kitchen paper towel after use. Ensure any soaked
kitchen paper is cleared from the sink.
4. If sink is clogged, sink drainage is slow and/or there is overflow of 'grey' water below the ice drawer, do not
pour any more liquids into the sink. Use toilet bowls to dispose of liquids. Defect details must be logged in
the Cabin Defect Maintenance Log (CDML).
[Caution: DO NOT pour liquids (including clear water) through the galley sinks while the aircraft is stationary on
ground as liquids poured to the sink drains directly on ground.]
Milk and Cream Disposal

Milk and cream can curdle and clog the drain lines. DO NOT pour any dairy products down the sink.
Dispose of any unused dairy products into the toilet bowl and flush the toilet to wash the residual away.
If milk or cream is accidentally poured down the sink, immediately flush with water to help prevent the milk from
curdling down-stream.
Coffee / Tea / Pulpy Juice Disposal

Ensure that coffee granules, tea leaves, oil, salad dressing or any type of solid or sediment are not disposed or
rinsed down the sinks.
Dispose of these into the toilet bowl and flush the toilet to wash the residual away.
Noodles Disposal
Noodle filter bags are provided in the Economy Class F/A Kit and are to be used for disposing noodles soup.
Rinse the sink with hot water to help clear any possible residue or grease from the drain pipes.
Place noodle residue into a plastic bag and tightly seal before disposing in the waste bin.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 17
Steam Oven
Introduction
The steam ovens are efficient, effective and reliable way of heating meals. One of its advantages is that it keeps
food moist ensuring that the entrees do not dry out too easily. The cooking cycle is very gentle and this helps
preserve the colour of vegetables.
A decal is fitted on the upper part of the oven door. Cabin Crew are to make use of this space to stick meal
menus or labels and refrain from sticking notes directly onto the oven door in order to avoid melting of any tape
posted, to prevent damaging the door painted surface.
Location
Ovens are fitted in the following locations :
Galley Units
G1 3
G1C 1
G6 4
G7 5
Total 13
Door Operation
1. To open door, unlock the safety latch and turn door knob to 'SAFE' (this releases door bolts so that the door
can be opened) then turn to 'OPEN' position.
2. To close door, turn door knob to 'OPEN' position and push door, then turn the door knob to 'LOCK' position.
Ensure the safety latch is down. The oven is ready for operation.
3. To open door after cooking, unlock the safety latch and turn door knob from 'LOCK' to 'SAFE' position, this
permits steam to escape without harming the user. Turn the door knob to 'OPEN' position to retrieve oven
contents.
Safety Latch
Door Knob

A330-300 (A33E) Page 18
Oven Control Module (OCM)

It consists of a LED display, eight functional membrane switches and two indicators i.e. 'FAIL' and 'READY'.
Oven Operation
1. Turn on the oven by pressing the ON/OFF switch, display lights up and shows 'CATHAY PACIFIC'.
2. After a few seconds the display shows 'STAND BY' and 'Temp C' (oven temperature).
3. Select temperature by pressing the LOW / MEDIUM / DRYHEAT switch and the selected temperature switch
lights up (recommended initial cooking temperature is MEDIUM).
4. Select time by pressing 'TIME s' or 'TIME t' switches (recommended initial cooking cycle is 10-12 minutes
for MEDIUM heat setting).
5. Press applicable temperature switch AGAIN to initiate cooking cycle.
6. When cooking time is finished, a series of audible beeps is heard, the 'READY' indicator will blink and
'PROGRAM END' is shown on the display.
7. Press CLEAR switch to end program.
Note 1: The "CLEAR" switch can be used at any time to stop or change the program.
Note 2: To confirm program, press the applicable temperature switch once more.
Note 3: Default (standard set) times can be changed by pushing the "TIME s" or "TIME t" switches when
setting the program.
Caution: Ensure door knob is in lock position during operation.
Standard
Functional Switch
(Default Time)
PRE-SET (only when cooking start time delay is needed) 10 mins
LOW with steam (Temperature 110C) 20 mins
MEDIUM with steam (Temperature 130C) 20 mins
DRY HEAT (temperature 170C) 20 mins
Preset Cooking Time

The PRESET switch can be used for programming the start cooking time.
Example (medium programme):
1. Push PRESET switch Select "TIME s" or "TIME t"
2. Push MEDIUM switch Select "TIME s" or "TIME t"
3. Push MEDIUM switch again to start, time in display is counting down.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 19
Display Error Message

Should there be any defect during the oven operation, an error message will display on the LED. The following
charts show the error messages and action to be taken:
Error Message Action

Overheat - Continue? * ON/OFF switch to off*
No Heat - Continue? * ON/OFF switch to off*
Over pressure - Continue? * ON/OFF switch to off*
Door /No Water? - Continue? Check Door, Seal, Water Supply**
* l Stop oven operation for approximately 10 minutes.
l The operation of the steam oven should resume normal.
l If error message repeats, stop oven operation and log down details in the Cabin Defect Maintenance Log
(CDML).
** l Check if oven door is closed properly, seal not damaged or water supply is available (Water Shut off
Valve is in ON position).
l If error message is repeating on LED display, log down details in the CDML.
l Oven can operate on DRY HEAT mode when water supply is unavailable.
Oven Content Fire

For the oven contents fire drill, refer to Operations Manual Volume 5 Cabin Crew Safety and Emergency
Procedures Manual, Chapter 1 for details.
Note 1: After an oven content fire, it is necessary to leave the burnt content in the oven for subsequent
investigation by Engineering. Please seal the affected oven and advise Caterers not to remove contents
from the oven.
Note 2: In the event of being short of passenger entrees, it is up to the initiative and decision of the Inflight
Service Manager and Section Leader to decide upon removing any undamaged and edible entrees
from the affected oven (leaving only the burnt and inedible entrees in the oven). Please allow not less
than 15 minutes for the oven to cool down before opening and have fire extinguishers standing by.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 20
Hot Cup
Location
Hot cup is provided in galley unit G1.
Operation
1. Raise the restraint bracket.
2. Push the hot cup firmly into the receptacle and secure with the restraint bracket.
3. To activate the hot cup, the rotary timer switch must be turned past ten minute mark in the first instance
before setting the required heating time.
4. Check that the indicator light is ON while the hot cup is in operation.
5. When the set time has elapsed, the power will be cut off and the ON light will extinguish.
6. To retrieve the hot cup, lift up the restraint bracket and pull down the removal lever. The hot cup will be
removed from the socket.
Note 1: Never remove a hot cup while the power is still ON.
Note 2: Some unit is fitted with a secondary restraining wire to secure the hot cup for take-off and landing.
50 10
HOT ROTARY TIMER SWITCH

CUP
20
40
HOT CUP REMOVAL LEVER

INDICATION
LIGHT
HOT CUP RESTRAINT BRACKET

HOTCUP HSV A.C.
500 WATTS
Note: Hot cup unit is not included in the Diagram.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 21
Beverage Maker
Location
Beverage makers are fitted in the following locations:
Galley Units
G1C 2
G2 1
G6 2
G7 2
Total 7
Beverage Maker - (Traditional)
Each beverage maker provides automatic brewing of not less than 50 oz of coffee / tea by the Pillow Pack'
principle in 3 minutes, with a 3-minute (approx.) recovery period between brew cycles.
The temperature of coffee is approximately 175 - 195F right after brewing. The 50 watts warmer plate will
maintain the brewed coffee in approximately 165 - 195F for 30 minutes.
Operation
1. Operate the "ON / OFF" master switch on the service electrical panel.
2. Insert pillow pack, seam facing downwards, insert holder and position decanter on warmer plate.
3. Push handle down.
4. Press the 'ON / OFF' switch (Blue light). If the light fails to illuminate due to low water level, the 'NO
WATER' (Red light) switch will illuminate until sufficient water is available.
5. After illumination of the 'ON / OFF' switch, press the 'BREW' switch (Yellow light).
6. The coffee / tea is ready for use when the 'BREW' light is automatically extinguished.
7. Press the 'WARMER' switch (Amber light) to activate the warmer plate.
Note: On beverage makers with touch button controls the warmer plate can only be operated with the 'ON /
OFF' master switch latched in the 'ON' position.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 22
Beverage Maker (Endura)
BREW BUTTON
BREW HOLDER
BREW HANDLE
Each beverage maker provides automatic brewing of not less than 48 oz of coffee in approximately 3 minutes,
with brews after that to start in approximately 60 seconds.
The temperature of coffee is approximately 175 - 195F right after brewing. The 25 watts warmer plate will
maintain the brewed coffee warm in approximately 165 - 195F for 30 minutes.
Operation
This new model is required to use the new packaging of Ceylon tea bags with strings and tag.
Steps for making tea:
1. Put one tea bag in the empty decanter (Not in the brew holder)
2. Return the decanter into the server cavity.
3. Lock the brew handle to the decanter by lowering the brew handle fully.
4. Press the ' TEA ' button (the light should come on).
5. The brewing cycle is completed when the 'TEA' light goes off.
6. Allow the tea to be infused in the water for at least 2-3 minutes before removing the tea bag from the
decanter.
7. Tea can then be served.
Note 1: Detailed guidelines are available on the tea bag packaging.
Note 2: The steps for making coffee are same as the old beverage maker.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 23
Safety Features
l Brew Interlock Switch
Water flow is stopped when the brew handle is lifted.
l Brew Time Light Delay
The Coffee / Tea button light stays on for approximately 10 seconds after the end of the brew cycle. This
lets hot water drain from the brew holder into the decanter.
l Lower Water Sensor
Tank heaters will not operate if there is not sufficient water in the tank for safe operation. The Lower Water
indicator light will come on if this condition occurs.
l Server Level Sensor
Primary and secondary sensors stop the brew cycle if the decanter is full.
l Pressure Relief
A pressure relief valve is set at the factory to open if internal tank pressure goes above 80 psig (551kPa).
l Tank Heat Control
A control circuit will prevent operation when the internal tank temperature is below 35F (1.6C) or above
220F (104C). A manually resettable control circuit prevents operation of the tank heaters if the external
tank temperature goes above 225F (107C).
Safety Precaution 1: Cabin Crew must not remove the beverage maker from its "LOCKED-IN" position in order
to reset the cirucit breaker of the unit.
Safety Precaution 2: To avoid injury, Cabin Crew should hold the rim of the receptacle high enough to be past
the spout of the hot water spigot. Also remember NEVER draw hot water into small
receptacles(e.g. cups, glasses, tumblers,bottles). Always draw hot water into large
receptacles(e.g. Hot cups, coffee/tea/ice-water pots, beverage maker decanters).
Safety Precaution 3: Be aware that the water pressure of the hot water spigot varies on different flight phases
and care must be taken when drawing hot water to prevent inadvertent splashes of hot
water onto hands, faces or others.
Safety Precaution 4: Pay attention to the hot water level in the receptacle to prevent it from overflowing.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 24
Iacobucci Espresso Maker

The Iacobucci Espresso maker can brew coffee, heat or froth milk at the same time.
1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9
CONTROL PANEL
STEAM SPOUT
HANDLE
TWO COFFEE FILTERS
Symbol / Indicator Function / Description

LARGE CUP Press to brew long coffee.'
SMAL CUP Press to brew regular espresso.
POWER Press to switch ON or OFF the machine. Power light comes on when the machine
is switched on.
STEAM Press this button for frothed or heated milk.
Note: The steam function will stop automatically after one minute. Press the
button again, to stop the operation manually.
SMAL CUP Press to brew regular espresso.
LARGE CUP Press to brew long coffee'.
READY The READY' indicator will illuminate when the espresso maker has been switched
on and is ready for use.
NO WATER The NO WATER' indicator will illuminate when the quantity of water in the machine
is below the required level. Should this indicator illuminate, stop using the machine
and write down the defect details in the CDML.
FAIL Should the FAIL' indicator illuminate, stop using the machine and write down
defect details in the CDML.
Location
Iacobucci Espresso Maker is installed at galley units G1C.
Operation
l To prepare the machine:
1. Press the power ON/OFF' button to switch on the power.
2. Wait until the READY' indicator illuminates.
3. Place a cup under each filter and lower the handle.
4. Press the small cup' buttons to clean the filters.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 25
5. Dispose of the liquid after the brewing cycle is completed.
6. Clean the steam spout
See procedure listed below "Maintenance and Cleaning" on how to clean the steam spout.
7. The machine is now ready for use.
l To froth milk:
1. Fill 1/3 of the mug with cold milk.
2. Place the mug under the steam spout, ensuring that the spout is immersed in the milk.
3. Press the STEAM' button.
4. The steam function stops automatically after one minute or press again the steam button to stop its
operation.
Refer to the ISD Inflight Service Manual for the preparation of different types of specialty coffee.
Maintenance and Cleaning

Ensure the espresso maker is serviceable and the steam spout is hygienic.
l Steam Spout Cleaning Procedure:
1. Fill the frothing jug or Business Class mug with water.
2. Dip the steam spout in the frothing jug or Business Class mug.
Ensure the steam spout is immersed in water until the 'Level
Marking' which is located in the middle of the spout. See
STEAM SPOUT
picture 1.
3. Press the 'STEAM' button. LEVEL

MARKING
4. After approximately 10 seconds, press the 'STEAM" button

once again to stop the steam function.
5. Wipe the steam spout with a clean damp cloth.
6. The steam spout is now ready for use again. Picture 1
Note: Cleaning the steam spout after each use will help prevent the build-up of milk residue which helps
ensure the steam spouts remain unclogged.
l Spare Loading of the Steam Spout:
One (1) spare steam spout for the IACOBUCCI espresso maker is loaded in each of the Business Class Dry
Stores for galleys which have the espresso maker installed. Please replace the steam spout with the spare
steam spout if any of the following symptoms are noted:
n Steam spout missing
n Steam spout cracked / damaged
n Water drips from the steam spout (partially clogged)
n No steam is ejected from the steam spout (fully clogged)

A330-300 (A33E) Page 26
l Procedure for Steam Spout Replacement:
Caution: Take care to avoid potentially hot metallic surfaces on the unit to prevent scalding. If the unit
was just used or you suspect the unit may still be hot, wait at least one to two minutes before
attempting this procedure to allow the unit to cool down. Use a towel to insulate your hand as
there may be residual steam or hot water in the steam spout or the unit.
1. Ensure the unit is OFF before proceeding.
2. While pressing the silver button / catch (as shown in the picture 2), carefully pull down the steam spout
to remove it. See picture 3.
3. Insert the new steam spout by pushing it up into the spout adapter as shown in picture 4.
4. Check the steam spout is working properly by following the 'Cleaning Procedure' as listed in point 1.
5. Dispose of the used steam spout in the waste bin.
l Cleaning the Espresso Maker After Each Flight:
1. Carefully remove any coffee pos from the filter/s.
2. Place a cup under each filter and lower the handle.
3. Press the 'small cup' buttons to clean the filters.
4. After the brewing cycle is completed, lift the handle and dispose of the liquid.
5. Lower the handle.
6. Press the 'ON/OFF' button to switch off the power.
Useful Hints
It is a good habit to throw away the used coffee pods immediately after each brewing cycle. This prevents tears to
the coffee pod and the possibility of the system becoming clogged with coffee grounds. Run hot water through the
coffee filters as soon as the espresso maker is no longer required.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 27
Cart Stowage And Handling

In Door 1 and Door 4 Service Centres, the half size cart bay is designed with the side-wall latches, those latches
must be deployed so that one half size cart can be stowed in the forward position. A placard showing the required
cart positions is posted on the side-wall for user's reference.
To deploy the side-wall latches. It can be done either by turning the remote latch or the latches inside the
side-wall of the compartments.
REMOTE LATCH
SIDE-WALL LATCHES

A330-300 (A33E) Page 28
Latches
Latches are fitted to secure items such as meal carts, standard units, drawers and doors in the galleys.
Different types of latches are installed:
l -turn retainer in different sizes to secure meal carts or standard units etc.
l Intermediate latch to secure intermediate stored items.
l Slam latch to close doors.
l Sliding latch or combined latch to latch and close doors.
EXAMPLE
90 1/4-TURN RETAINER
UNLOCK
90 90
LOCK UNLOCK UNLOCK
90
UNLOCK LOCK
INTERMEDIATE LATCH
LOCK UNLOCK
DOOR
SLIDING DOOR
LATCH
SLAM
LATCH
PULL TO OPEN
DIFFERENT TYPES OF LATCHES
Warning: An unsecured item is a danger in the aircraft and can cause injury to persons and damage to the
aircraft interior. Unlock the latches only for taking items out of the compartment or stowage and make
sure all latches are locked immediately after removing or stowing the items.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 29
Cart
Four types of carts are used as standard equipment.
12" Business Class / Economy Class Food Cart

The 12" Business Class / Economy Class food cart is used to accommodate 28 Business Class or 42 Premium
Economy / Economy Class 2/3 size trays, bar stocks, or second meal entree dishes (maximum four oven inserts
containers per cart). The 12" cart is fitted with doors at both ends for maximum accessibility. One of the door
panel contains two air flow grills. At the opposite ends beneath the cart, is a foot operated double action pedal
which enables the cart to be mobilised / immobilised as desired. The safety regulation governing use is clearly
placarded: Stow trolley in galley during taxi, take-off, landing and turbulence - At all other times this trolley must
NOT be left unattended.
12" Waste Cart

The waste cart is a 12" cart with an access flap positioned in the door at one end. Access for waste is gained
through a flap upon which appears a decal indicating that the disposal of cigarettes is prohibited. A foot brake
similar to the 12" cart is fitted and the same safety regulation governing use is applicable and clearly placarded on
the cart: Stow trolley in galley during taxi, take-off, landing and turbulence - At all other times this trolley must
NOT be left unattended.
When a trash compactor is U/S and off-loaded for maintenance, a waste cart will be loaded temporarily.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 30
12" See-through Sales Cart

The see-through sales cart is a 12" cart with lockable doors on both ends. The sides of the cart are made of
transparent perspex. A foot brake similar to the 12" cart is fitted and the same safety regulation governing use is
applicable and clearly placarded on the cart: Stow trolley in galley during taxi, take-off, landing and turbulence -
At all other times this trolley must NOT be left unattended.
1/2 Size Bar Cart

The 1/2 size cart is fitted with a door at one end. The door latching mechanism incorporates provision for a
security lock and seal. Below the cart is a foot operated double action pedal for mobilising / immobilising it. The
cart bears the following safety instructions governing use: Stow trolley in galley during taxi, take-off, landing and
turbulence - At all other times this trolley must NOT be left unattended.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 31
Service Trolley
Two Business Class service trolleys are carried and stowed in G1L (stowage L1-03). Roller castors are fitted for
free mobility and foot brake attachments to the castors may be applied when required.
Three shelves provide adequate space for service needs.
The second shelf accommodates a 4" deep wire drop-in bottle rack which holds nine quart size bottles. The
bottle rack can be separated from the trolley for easy stowage.
Caution: Care should be taken to stow folded trolleys with the wheels latched and positioned inside at
stowages not closed off by a compartment door. Wheels that stick out could injure passengers and
Crew members.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 32
Trash Compactor
The trash compactor is installed in Galley 6 (stowage 601).
The trash compactor uses hydraulic power to push down and compact or squeeze trash into a smaller volume. It
pushes down with a force of 12,700 lb (5,760kg). The compactor will take about 30 seconds to compact the trash.
The trash is compacted and stored in a 1.3 cu ft. leakproof box which can hold up to 40 lb. The compactor will
store one box internally while compacting trash into a second box.
Control Panel
The control panel located on the upper front contains switches and operating instructions.
POWER ON
SWITCH
IN-FLIGHT
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS AERO-DESIGN TECHNOLOGY,
LIQUID CRYSTAL
DISPLAY (LCD)
INC.
U.S. PATENTS 4,620,479
1. PRESS "POWER ON" TO LIGHT 4,700,623 4,719,852

CANADIAN PATENTS 1,283,324
1,253,390
CLEAN SWITCH
(UNDER COVER)
GROUND
SERVICE
ONLY
COMPACT
SWITCH
POWER OFF WARNING
SWITCH
DO NOT OPERATE
NO
DISPOSAL
l The power 'ON' switch controls the compactor electrical power source. When the power 'ON' switch is
pressed, the Liquid Crystal-Display (LCD) will display an instruction or message.
l The 'CLEAN' switch is for ground service purpose only.
l The Power 'OFF' switch cuts off the electrical power source.
l The LCD provides information that includes operation instructions, messages and warnings.
l The 'COMPACT' switch activates the trash compacting cycle

A330-300 (A33E) Page 33
Interlock System
The main door and the trash load door have interlock switches which require both doors to be closed before the
unit will operate.
Should any of the doors be opened, the following message will appear on the LCD:
l LATCH MAIN DOOR AND TRASH DOOR
The unit will not operate if the box sensor switch senses a no box condition.
BOX SENSOR
MAGNETIC DOOR
SWITCH
PLATEN (RETRACTED)
BOX GRIP
SIDEWALL PLATEN
Operation
1. Open the trash compactor main door
2. Check middle door is closed, latched and locked.
3. Check that the trash compactor cavity is clean and free of garbage.
4. Unfold the new trash compactor box (TCB) properly with two hands. The TCB should be unfolded as
pictures shown below:

A330-300 (A33E) Page 34
5. Insert unfolded TCB into the trash compactor. Ensure the box grip wraps around the trash box, i.e. the box
grip is not caught between the trash compactor wall and the TCB.
6. Close the main door.
7. Open trash door and check the box grip properly wraps around the box.
Box grip at the correct position If the box grip is at the incorrect
position, it will jam the box and may
damage the trash compactor.
8. Load trash. Close and lock all doors. The power 'ON' switch is activated, the following messages will appear:
l CYCLE AND HOUR COUNT (for maintenance only) followed by AFTER LOADING PRESS
COMPACT
9. Press COMPACT button.
When the COMPACT button is pressed, the unit will start compacting and the message OPERATING
PLEASE WAIT will appear.
At the end of the cycle, the message AFTER LOADING PRESS COMPACT will be repeated until the box
is full and the message MOVE FULL BOX INSERT NEW BOX appears.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 35
10. Replace full box.
The main door is opened and the full box of compacted trash is either moved to the rear storage area within
the compactor itself or removed from the compactor and stowed elsewhere on the aircraft.
To move the filled compactor box to the rear storage area, open the main door, lift the mid-door latch handle
(to release the middle door), push the filled trash box into the rear storage area. The following message will
appear:
l LATCH MAIN DOOR AND TRASH DOOR
Install a new trash box as per steps 4 to 7.
The unit is once again ready for use.
Precaution 1: Ensure the front box flap is closed before moving the first full box to the rear storage area.
Precaution 2: Never move a partially filled trash box to the rear storage area. The box must be completely
filled with compacted trash and the message move full box, insert new box displayed before
moving box.
Precaution 3: Do not continue to feed, push or shove trash into the compactor after the trash compactor box is
visually full. Overloading the trash compactor beyond the capacity will cause damage to the
unit.
Precaution 4: Do not put liquids or bottles / cans containing liquid into the unit - liquids will not compact.
Precaution 5: Do not place glass bottles or glasses in the trash compactor. These items should be disposed
of in the waste bins in the service centre.
Precaution 6: Do not dispose chopsticks in the trash compactor as it may cause damage / jam to the trash
compactor.
Precaution 7: No disposal of cigarettes or flammables.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 36
Trash Compactor Box (TCB)

Location and Quantity
There are eleven TCBs on board:
l One assembled TCB will be inside the trash compactor.
l A total of 10 extra TCBs are loaded on board. 5 each in galley units G1L (L1-02) and G6 (627).
Note: TCBs will normally only be loaded Ex-HKG. At outports, a shortage of TCBs should be referred to the
Ground Engineer.
Handling of Trash Compactor Boxes

Spare TCBs must be stowed in the designated compartment. Do not relocate the spare TCBs to other locations,
as mixing the TCBs with other items could possibly bend or damage the box.
A damaged TCB (bent, deformed, soiled, wet, etc.) will increase the chance of a jammed TCB inside the trash
compactor.

Passenger Entertainment System (PES) ISD OPS PART B Section 7
A330-300 (A33E) Page 1
Passenger Entertainment System (PES)
General
The A330-300 (A33E) Passenger Entertainment System is provided by Panasonic.
The Inflight Entertainment eX2, is a totally integrated passenger entertainment service and cabin management
system. It brings state of the art Audio, Video, Interactive and Telecommunications services like cabin control,
overhead video and provides passengers' access to superior Inflight Entertainment services such as Audio Video
On Demand (AVOD). Primary interface is via the Crew Terminal (CT) fitted in the VCC unit.
The Passenger Entertainment Programmes are encoded in digital format. This is to ensure better and more
stable quality. The Passenger Entertainment System includes the equipment necessary for each of the
entertainment zones located on the aircraft, i.e. PTV, wall-mounted LCD etc.
LOCATION OF PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEM
Liquid Crystal Display Screen

Location
2 wall-mounted Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) are fitted, one each above L3 and R3 crew seats.
Personal Television (PTV) - Business Class

For location and operation, refer to Chapter 1 Section 3 - Business Class Seat.
Personal Television (PTV) - Economy Class

For location and operation, refer to Chapter 1 Section 3 - Economy Class Seat.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 2
Video Control Centre

The Video Control Centre (VCC) is located aft of L2 Door.
It is of an assembly of the following equipment:
l VCC Control Panel
l Smoke Detection System : Smoke Indication Light (Except HLP/R/W)

Smoke Indication Light and Smoke Detector Panel (HLP/R/W)
l Air Extraction Fan Off Light (applicable to HLP/R/W)
l 2 Hi-8 VTRs
l Video Tape Stowage
l Crew Terminal (CT)
l Keyboard
l Printer
l Power Socket
All doors must be closed and secured during taxi, take-off, turbulence and landing.
VCC UNIT (HLP/R/W)

A330-300 (A33E) Page 3
Smoke Indication Hi-8 Tape Stowage
Paper Clip
Access Panel
(maintenance only)
Video Tape Reproducer
(VTR x 2)
Crew Terminal
Printer
Keyboard
Wall-mounted Phone
Pull-out Table x 2
Restraint Kit
Misc Stowage
(fitted with coat rod)
Cabin Defect
Maintenance Log
VCC UNIT (Except HLP/R/W)
VCC Control Panel
WORK LIGHT PC POWER
PC POWER SOCKET PAX SYS
Description
The VCC control panel is located above the Crew Terminal (CT). It contains the following control switches and a
PC Power socket (Refer to Chapter 1 Section 8 - Inflight Power Source For Electronic Devices) :
l "PAX SYS" controls all the IFE systems in the cabin and equipment inside the VCC. It is a toggle type switch
protected by a red guard cover. The switch guard cover has to be lifted up before the toggle switch can be
operated.
l "PC POWER" switch controls the PC Power System in the cabin. It should be switched ON at all times
except for take-off and landing.
l "WORKLIGHT" switch controls the lighting fitted above the CT which provides additional illumination in the
VCC area.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 4
Power System
To power up the "PAX SYS" : Lift up the cover then move the toggle to the up position.
If the CT screen is black, check to see if the system is already ON by touching the screen. If the login screen
appears the system is ON. If the screen stays black the system needs to be turned ON.
Wait while the system powers ON and runs through system checks. Text will scroll across the screen at this time.
Caution: The power up process (including seats) takes approximately 5 - 10 minutes. Do not touch the CT,
keyboard or any other VCC components until system checks are finished and the login screen
appears.
Smoke Detection System

Smoke detectors are installed in the VCC unit as part of the aircraft system. Refer to Operations Manual Volume
5 Cabin Crew Safety and Emergency Procedures Manual, Chapter 1 for details.
Air Extraction Fan Off Light (Applicable to HLP/R/W)

This is an indication light showing the status of the VCC ventilation fan. If the VCC unit is ON and the light is
illuminated, the ventilation fan is not functioning. During inflight, this light should not be illuminated. (Refer to
Chapter 1 Section 10 - Passenger Entertainment System for troubleshooting).
Hi-8 Video Tape Reproducer

A total of two Panasonic Hi-8 Video Tape Reproducers (VTRs) are installed for presentation e.g. News tape or to
be used if AVOD System is inoperative. The two Hi-8 are numbered 1" and 2" and they are fully wired, powered
and operational.
VTRs 1 and 2 are capable of presentation through the LCDs and PTVs in the cabin.
The Panasonic Hi-8 VTRs use video tapes in the Hi-8 format. The Hi-8 video tapes are of the same size and
mechanical construction as Hi-8 tapes.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 5
Front-Panel Controls and Indicators

l POWER Switch and Light
n Pressing this switch turns ON the VTR, pressing it again turns OFF the VTR. The POWER light is lit
when power is on.
l REW Switch and Light
n When the VTR is in FF or STOP mode, pressing this switch puts the VTR into REW mode. The REW
light is on during REW mode.
n When the VTR is in PLAY mode, pressing this switch puts the VTR into REVIEW mode. Releasing the
switch returns the VTR to PLAY mode. The PLAY and REW lights are on in REVIEW mode.
l PLAY Switch and Light
n Pressing this switch puts the VTR into PLAY mode. The PLAY light is on during PLAY mode or
PAUSE mode.
l FF Switch and Light
n When the VTR is in REW or STOP mode, pressing this switch puts the VTR into FF mode. The FF
light is on during FF mode.
n When the VTR is in PLAY mode, pressing this switch puts the VTR into CUE mode. Releasing the
switch returns the VTR to PLAY mode. The PLAY and FF lights are on in CUE mode.
l STOP Switch and Light
n Pressing this switch puts the VTR into STOP mode. The STOP light is on during STOP mode or
PAUSE mode.
l EJECT Switch and TAPE IN Light
n The TAPE IN light is on when the VTR is on and it is loaded with a video cassette.
n Pressing the EJECT switch causes the VTR to unthread the tape from the tape transport mechanism
and eject the video cassette. The TAPE IN light is blinking until the cassette is fully ejected, then it
goes off.
n If the VTR is in PLAY, FF or REW mode, pressing the EJECT switch puts the VTR into STOP mode.
Then, the cassette is ejected.
n The EJECT switch does not function when the VTR is off.
l Video Cassette Insertion Opening
n The door opening, for video cassette insertion, is located above the mode control switches. The door
is spring-loaded, but does not interfere with the insertion of a video cassette, provided the VTR is ON
and the TAPE IN light is OFF (no video cassette loaded). If a video cassette is already loaded, the
door prevents insertion of another cassette. When the VTR is OFF, the cassette will be mechanically
ejected.
n A video cassette is inserted horizontally into the opening, with the label side up and the arrow mark
pointing toward the VTR. Incorrect insertion of a cassette is mechanically prevented.
n When a video cassette is fully inserted (past the door position), it is automatically drawn into the VTR.
n Pressing the EJECT switch opens the cassette insertion door and the loaded cassette is ejected from
the VTR.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 6
l Dew Sensor and Operation
n A dew sensor, whose resistance increases with the increase of humidity, is provided inside the VTR for
protection against condensation. This sensor is located on the M8 mechanism assembly. If the dew
sensor indicates a high humidity condition, the VTR turns off. The VTR will be kept off until the
humidity drops to a normal level.
Indication and Operation at Start of High Humidity Condition
If a video cassette is loaded, the VTR enters STOP mode (if it is in any other mode), then the
tape is unthreaded from the mechanism.
The POWER light blinks for 15 seconds, then goes off.
Indication and Operation during High Humidity Condition
If the POWER switch is pressed, the POWER light blinks for 15 seconds, then goes off.
While the POWER light is still blinking, the EJECT switch may be pressed to eject the loaded
video cassette.
Operation after High Humidity Condition
Press the POWER switch. The high humidity condition is over when the POWER light turns on
and remains on. The VTR operates normally.
Video Tape Stowage

This stowage, which may be locked and / or sealed, is designed for stowage of video tapes.
Crew Terminal
General Description
The Crew Terminal (CT) is the user interface to control and monitor of the Passenger Entertainment System
(PES). Its function includes operation of the Audio and Video (overhead and in-seat) networks.
All selections and functions are enabled by touching the appropriate button / icons on the screen. The keyboard
may also be used to input information into the system.
Location
The CT is located in the Video Control Centre (VCC) aft of L2 door.
System Description
l Monitor
n One of the major components of the CT is a colour graphic monitor that features an 11" touch sensitive
screen.
l Touch Screen Guidelines
n The touch-screen works best with the soft tip of the finger pushing the on-screen buttons. Finger nails,
pens etc. may damage the screen. Push gently, straight on the centre of the button then lift straight off.
DO NOT drag your finger on the screen.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 7
n When entering text information, press relevant text box (it will turn yellow), then enter data as required
using keyboard. The Virtual Keyboard may also be used for data entry when necessary, touch icon
at the bottom of the screen to activate.
l Audio Jack
n The Audio Jack is used to listen to the audio from the selected VTR / VOD. The Audio Jack is fitted
below the CT front panel. It is a standard double-prong electric monaural jack for left and right audio.
l USB Socket
n For maintenance use only.
Keyboard
Num Caps Scroll Insert Home Pg Up Prt Sc

Lock Lock Lock
Sys Rq
Pg Dn Scroll
Delete End
Lock
Break
Num
~ ! @ # $ % ^ & * ( )
_
+
Backspace
Lock / * Pause
` 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 - =
Tab Q W E R T Y U I O P {
[
}
]
|
\
7
Home
8 9
Pg Up -
4 5 6 +
Caps A S D F G H J K L : "
Enter
Lock ; '
1 2 3
Shift
Z X C V B N M < > ?
Shift End Pg Dn
, . / Enter
0
Ins Del
Control Alt Alt Control
It is a 101 key AT - compatible ASCII keyboard. The keyboard is used for data entry such as Crew ID, Crew
Handover Information and Creating Messages. It is also used for documenting inflight reports and executing
system commands as required.
The keyboard is preset to enter data in the upper case regardless of the status of the "Caps Lock" key.
The Credit Card Reader

It is attached to the top of the keyboard and located above the function keys. This unit is not currently functional. It
may be activated with future expansion of the system.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 8
[Printer
The printer is used in conjunction with the "Crew Services" section of the CT. It provides the user with hard copies
of Crew Handover Information, Incoming Messages, Outgoing Messages and Cabin Maintenance Log entries.
Location and Feature

The printer installed at the VCC is extremely user friendly. It comes 'ON' automatically when the aircraft is
powered up.
Operation of Door Latch

The printer door must be properly closed and latched before it can function normally.
To Open: Turn door knob counter clockwise (1/4 turn) and pull the printer door upwards to the full open position.
To Close: Gently push the printer door closed until it clicks.
Controls & Indicators
Control Buttons / Description

Indicators
FAULT This will illuminate if errors are found during the printer self test.
(LED Indicator)
PAPER ALARM This will illuminate when the printer door is open / ajar or when the paper is out.
(LED Indicator)
ABORT This is used for two functions.
(Control Button)
l If button is pressed momentarily for less than 5 seconds, the current and
pending print jobs will be aborted and the printer will return to the ready state.
l If button is pressed for more than 5 seconds, the current and pending print jobs
will be aborted. Additionally, the printer will perform a controller reset.
SLEW This advances the paper to the next top-of form cue mark.
(Control Button)
Paper will continue to feed while the button is pressed. When button is released,
the paper will continue to feed until the next top-of-form cue mark (max of 10
pages)

A330-300 (A33E) Page 9
TEST This performs system diagnostics.

(Control Button)
l When pressed for less than 2 seconds, the test page generated is in plain text
with system information.
l When pressed for more than 2 seconds, a postscript graphics page is produced
showing all font types supported by the printer.
PRNTR By default, the printer is ON when aircraft power is applied to the printer. The
(LED Indicator / Control PRNTR indicator text will illuminate when the printer is in the ON state.
Button)
Above the PRNTR indicator, three green lines will illuminate during the self-test
and remain illuminated continuously when the test is passed. If there is a fault
condition, the three green lines will remain off.
The button is used to turn the printer ON/OFF during the flight.
Operation of Printer
Operation Procedures
Power-up Test Automatic: When the printer is powered up, it will perform a test as part of the
power-up sequence. During the power-up sequence, the control button
and LED indicators will flash indicating they are working properly.
Manual: Press the 'TEST' button once to initiate the power-up test.
To print documents Touch the <PRINT> tab on the respective CT screen.
To stop a print job in Press 'ABORT' button
progress
To slew Press 'SLEW' button.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 10
Crew Terminal Flow

The Crew Terminal (CT) Menu Tree shows the general layout of the operational screens associated with your
airlines software configuration. Also shown is the navigation path and screen name for each software screen.
[* To be removed progressively.]

A330-300 (A33E) Page 11
Log In Screen
Description
The Log In screen shows when the CT finishes initializing. The Log In screen also shows after the automatic
screen saver activates. Use the Log In screen to enter the passcode to gain access to the system.
Enter Passcode:
1. From Log In screen, touch text box.
2. Enter passcode <QA> using keyboard, then touch <Log In>.
Note: Touch VIRTUAL KEYBOARD to activate the keyboard on the screen for data entry when
necessary.
3. If passcode is correct, the MAIN MENU screen displays.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 12
Main Menu
Description
Use the Main Menu screen to access the functional screens of System eX2. To have access to this screen, the
initialization phase must be complete and access granted.
The following table lists the common icons which are available on most screens and their corresponding actions:
Icon Action
The MAIN MENU screen is shown.
The ACARS - Incoming Messages screen is shown.
The Crew Handover Message - Inbox screen is shown.
The HELP screen, which lists the functions of the current screen, is shown.
The Virtual Keyboard screen is shown.
The CT screen back light is off. The Log In screen is shown when any part of the CT screen
is touched.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 13
Flight Info - Open Flight

Description
Use the Flight Info screen with the Open Flight tab selected to enter, view or change information specific to the
current flight. The open flight procedures are to be performed every flight sector. Cabin Crew are to ensure that
the previous flight is closed prior to the opening of a new flight sector.
Enter Flight Info:
1. From MAIN MENU screen, touch <FLIGHT INFO>.
2. Check that <Open Flight> is the active screen or touch tab.
3. Touch text box under Flight No.
4. Use keyboard or Virtual Keyboard to enter flight no. by either entering a 3-digit or a 4-digit flight number, e.g.
255 or 0255.
Note: The departure and arrival stations and time to destination information will automatically come from the
aircraft's Flight Management System.
When the flight number is not recognized by the IFE system database, a notification will be shown. Occasionally,
new flights may not be updated; generic flight numbers should be used:
[Generic Flight Numbers:
Flying Hours : 3 hrs & above (including

Shanghai)
- CX6001 HKG - XXX Outbound
- CX6002 XXX - HKG Inbound
Flying Hours : Less than 3 hrs

- CX6003 HKG - XXX Outbound
- CX6004 XXX- HKG Inbound]

A330-300 (A33E) Page 14
5. Select the correct sector to complete the 'Open Flight' procedures.

Flights with Single Sectors Flights with Multiple Sectors
Note: If no flight number is entered and the 'Open' button is pressed, all flight routes will be shown
including the generic flight route for short haul and long haul.
In order to ensure that 'Open Flight' procedure is performed, all functions for ANNOUNCEMENT,
ENTERTAINMENT, SEAT CONTROLS and CREW SERVICES are greyed-out until the flight is OPEN.
All seats will indicate LOADING and its progress once 'Open Flight' is performed. Where possible, please wait
until the flight is 'Open' before conducting the SAFETY DEMO check as using the SAFETY DEMO, AUDIO
ANNOUNCEMENTS, P/A, etc. will delay the loading process.
]
Note: When flight is Closed, only CREW SERVICES is available to access.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 15
System Status
Description
The System Status provides Cabin Crew a high-level status of devices necessary for the IFES functionality. It is
categorized into 3 tabs, namely: System Status, Seat Status and CT Control.
System Status screen displays the current status or availability of system components. It is for monitoring
purpose only.
1. On MAIN MENU screen, touch <SYSTEM STATUS>.
2. Check that <System Status> is the active screen or touch tab.
Note: Inform Ground Engineer when or is found in the System Status. Inflight, if or is found,
write down details in the CDML.
Legends:
Function on / Service is available.
Function on / Service may be impacted by a few passengers due to partial system failure.
Function is unavailable due to system intervention. All system components are functioning properly.
Function failed / Service is not available.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 16
Seat Status screen reports seats faults usually describing a no-response between the seat monitor or handset to
the seat-box. These types of faults can sometimes be resolved by performing a Video/Audio Reset. It is
recommended to use this function during short transit period wherein a number of faulty seats occur and there is
no time to re-initialize the whole IFE system.
To Reset:
2. Check that <Seat Status> is the active screen or touch tab.
3. Touch the associated <VIDEO/AUDIO RESET> button from the list to reset.
4. Touch <CONFIRM> button on the pop-up screen to confirm.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 17
CT Control screen allows Cabin Crew to reboot the Crew Terminal.
To Reboot:
2. Check that <CT Control> is the active screen or touch tab.
3. Touch the <CT1 Reset> button to reboot.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 18
Boarding Music
Description
Use the Boarding Music screen to select and play boarding music to the aircraft P/A system.
Play Boarding Music:
1. On MAIN MENU screen under ANNOUNCEMENT, touch <Boarding Music>.
2. Touch desired title below Select Title to highlight it.
3. Touch <PLAY> or <STOP> to turn Boarding Music ON or OFF.
4. Touch Volume <+> or <-> to adjust the cabin volume.
Alert !
q Ensure Airshow displays on all PTVs before playing the Boarding Music.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 19
Safety Demo
Description
Use the Safety Demo screen to select and monitor video P/A programmes.
Play Safety Demo:
1. On MAIN MENU screen under ANNOUNCEMENT, touch <Safety Demo>.
2. Touch the desired Title / Source to highlight it.
3. To preview, use controls to play <4>, pause <;>, rewind <7>, fast forward <8> and stop <<>.
4. Touch <SAFETY DEMO> to send video P/A to cabin.
5. Touch Cabin Speaker Volume <+> or <-> to adjust the cabin volume if needed.
6. Touch CT Audio Volume <+> or <-> to adjust the volume of the headset connected to the CT.
Alert !
q Ensure Airshow displays on all PTVs before playing the Safety Demo.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 20
Audio Announcements
Description
Use the Audio Announcements screen to select, manage, and play audio announcements.
Create an Announcement Queue:
1. On MAIN MENU screen under ANNOUNCEMENT, touch <Audio Announcements>.
2. Touch desired title from the list on the left to highlight it.
DELETE SELECTED CANCEL CURRENT
3. If current language is desired, skip to 4. To change, touch <Languages> tab, touch desired language (touch
highlighted title to de-select) and then touch <APPLY>.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 21
4. On <Select Announcement> screen, touch <ADD TO QUEUE>.
5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 until creating queue is done.
6. To remove a title from the queue, touch to highlight.
7. Touch <DELETE SELECTED> to remove a selection from the queue.
Play One or Entire Announcement Queue:
1. Adjust Cabin Volume as required by touching / .
2. To play one announcement, touch the title to highlight it then touch <PLAY SELECTED>.
3. To play entire queue, touch <PLAY ALL>.
4. Touch <CANCEL CURRENT> to stop the announcement currently playing.
DELETE SELECTED CANCEL CURRENT

A330-300 (A33E) Page 22
Entertainment
Description
Use the Entertainment screen to control the on or off state of the AVOD (Audio Video On Demand) entertainment
functions.
Turn On / Off Entertainment:
1. On MAIN MENU screen under ENTERTAINMENT, touch <Entertainment>.
2. To turn ON, touch the toggle button of the respective class/es (under 'Toggle' column).
3. To turn OFF, touch the toggle button of the respective class/es again (under 'Toggle' column).
Note 1: Under the 'State' column shows the entertainment status of the respective class, i.e. either ON / OFF.
Note 2: Entertainment for all classes will be turned OFF automatically once the aircraft is touchdown.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 23
Video Player Control

Description
Use the Video Player Control screen to select a video source and preview at the CT only, or send that source to
the cabin.
Send Video Source from VTR to Cabin:
1. On MAIN MENU screen under ENTERTAINMENT, touch <Video Player Control>.
2. Touch desired source from the list on the left to highlight it.
3. To preview, use controls to play <4>, pause <;>, rewind <7>, fast forward <8> and stop <<>.
4. Touch CT Audio Volume <+> or <-> to adjust the volume of the headset connected to the CT.
5. Touch <Language> to change language from A to B.
6. Touch <Cabin> to unblock (ON) video source to cabin.
7. Touch <Cabin> again to block (OFF) video source to cabin.
Note: The video played in VTR2 cannot be viewed on PTVs.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 24
Monitor Control
Description
Use the Monitor Control screen to select a cabin monitor and turn it on or off.
Turn ON / OFF the wall mounted LCD monitors:
1. On MAIN MENU screen under ENTERTAINMENT, touch <Monitor Control>.
2. Below Monitor Selected, touch monitor to select.
3. Touch <ON> or <OFF> to change status of monitor.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 25
Kids Menu
Description
Use the Kids Menu screen to enable / disable selected seat/s, seat range to only be able to access to the Kids
Interactive. Alternatively, passenger may browse & lock the Kids Interactive screen through the PTV by
themselves. However, it can only be unlock through the CT by Cabin Crew.
Set Kids Interactive to seat/s through the CT:
1. On MAIN MENU screen under ENTERTAINMENT, touch <Kids Menu>.
[2. Touch text box under <Enter Seat, Seat Range>.]
3. Use keyboard to enter seat no. for individual seat/s
[]
4. To delete seat entry, touch <CLEAR>.
5. Touch <SELECT ALL> to select all seats from the list.
6. Touch <SELECT NONE> to clear the selected seats (highlighted) from the list.
[7. Touch <ENABLE> to enable the Kids Interactive to the seats entered in the text box under <Enter Seat, Seat
Range>.]
8. Touch <DISABLE> to disable the Kids Interactive to the seats selected from the list.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 26
Airshow
Description
Use the Airshow screen to view the Airshow mapping stream on the CT. No functions are controlled from this
screen.
View Airshow:
1. On MAIN MENU screen under ENTERTAINMENT, touch <Airshow>.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 27
Seat Mode and Reset

Description
[Use the Seat Mode and Reset screen to identify the location of the SPM Power Switch, reset the interactive or
video / audio of a seat or group of seats, toggle reading lights on / off, turn attendant calls off or turn off PTV
when required. Passengers seat audio and video are also controlled from this Seat Mode and Reset Function.]
Turn OFF PTV When Required (Example : Passenger is falling asleep):
1. On MAIN MENU screen under SEAT CONTROLS, touch <Seat Mode and Reset>.
2. Check that <Seat Reset> is the active screen or touch tab.
[]
6. Touch <BACKLIGHT OFF> to turn OFF the PTV (only applies to a single seat each time).
Note: PTV will resume when pressing any IFE control buttons on the Personal Control Handset.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 28
Seat Messages
Description
Use the Seat Messages screen to send a message to a seat, group of seats, or all passengers seats. Select a
message from the list of saved messages or create a custom message.
Send a Pre-set Message to a Seat or Zone:
1. On MAIN MENU screen under SEAT CONTROLS, touch <Seat Messages>.
2. Check that <Choose Message> is the active screen or touch tab.

Or
Touch <SELECT ZONE> for individual zone and then select appropriate zone from the pop-up window.
5. Touch the desired message then <SEND MESSAGE> to send.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 29
Send a Custom Message to a Seat or Zone:
1. On MAIN MENU screen under SEAT CONTROLS, touch <Seat Messages>.
2. Check that <Custom Message> is the active screen or touch tab.

Or
5. Touch MESSAGE box, then use keyboard to enter text as appropriate.
6. Touch <CLEAR MESSAGE> to clear if needed.
7. Touch <SEND MESSAGE> to send.
Note: Maximum characters for Custom Message - 153 characters (in 3 lines).

A330-300 (A33E) Page 30
Visually Impaired
Description
Use Visually Impaired screen to enable or disable the Attendant Call function of the touch screen PTV fitted in
Economy Class, regardless of the availability of Passenger Control Handset. When enabled/disabled, an audio
notification will be on as a confirmation of the activation/deactivation of the attendant call via the Passenger
Service System (PSS).
Note: When the service is enabled, passengers can tap twice the PTV (touch screen monitor) anywhere to
trigger a call light, and tap twice again to turn off.
Enable / Disable Visually Impaired PSS Service:
1. On MAIN MENU screen under SEAT CONTROLS, touch <Visually Impaired>.
[]
5. Touch <SELECT ALL> to select all seats from the list.
6. Touch <SELECT NONE> to clear the selected seats (highlighted) from the list.
[7. Touch <ENABLE> to enable the Visually Impaired service to the seats entered in the text box under <Enter
Seat, Seat Range>.]
8. Touch <DISABLE> to disable the Visually Impaired service to the seats selected from the list.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 31
Shopping
Description
Use the Shopping screen to view the status of the catalog, enable or disable shopping cart (currently deactivated
until further notice) and catalog browsing services.
Enable / Disable Catalog Browsing:
1. On MAIN MENU screen under SEAT CONTROLS, touch <Shopping>.
2. Touch text box under <Enter Seat, Seat Range, Zone>.

Or
5 Under Catalog Control column, touch <Enable Browsing> or <Disable Browsing> to enable or disable the
browsing service.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 32
ACARS
Description
ACARS enable the sending and receiving of air-to-ground messages.
Use Incoming Messages screen to view, print and reply incoming messages.
View & Reply ACARS Incoming Messages:
1. On MAIN MENU screen under CREW SERVICES, touch <ACARS> or < > icon on the top right hand
corner of the screen.
2. Check that <Incoming Messages> is the active screen or touch tab.
3. Touch message to select, then touch <OPEN/READ>.
4. Touch <CLOSE>, <PRINT> or <REPLY> as needed.
Use New Message screen to compose and send a new message, save as a draft or print.
Create ACARS New Message:
1. On MAIN MENU screen under CREW SERVICES, touch <ACARS> or < > icon on the top right hand
corner of the screen.
2. Check that <New Message> is the active screen or touch tab.
3. Touch text boxes and use keyboard or virtual keyboard to enter text for "Send To:", "Subject:" and
"Message:"
4. Touch <CLOSE>, <PRINT>, <SAVE DRAFT> or <SEND> as needed.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 33
Note: Screen displays an error pop-up if Cabin Crew tries to send a message without entering either the
message subject or message body.
Use Draft / Outgoing Messages screen to review the drafts and outgoing messages.
Note: When no message is selected, the lower left button will show <OPEN> and <PRINT>, instead of <EDIT>
and <PRINT>.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 34
Crew Handover Message

Description
Crew Handover Message enables Cabin Crew to log electronic entries, which can be read by subsequent crew.
Use Inbox screen to read, print and reply saved crew log messages.
1. On MAIN MENU screen under CREW SERVICES, touch <Crew Handover Message> or < > icon on
the top right hand corner of the screen.
2. Check that <Inbox> is the active screen or touch tab.
3. Touch message to select, then touch <OPEN/READ>.
4. Touch <CLOSE>, <PRINT> or <REPLY> as needed.
Use Drafts screen to open and continue writing crew handover messages.
Note: When no message is selected, the lower left button will show <OPEN> and <PRINT>, instead of <EDIT>
and <PRINT>.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 35
Use Create Message screen to compose new crew log messages, save or print.
1. On MAIN MENU screen under CREW SERVICES, touch <Crew Handover Message> or < > icon on
the top right hand corner of the screen.
2. Check that <Create Message> is the active screen or touch tab.
3. Touch text boxes and use keyboard to enter text for "Subject:" and "Message:"
4. Touch <CLOSE>, <PRINT>, <SAVE DRAFT> or <SAVE MESSAGE> as needed.
Note: Saved draft messages can be accessed from the Draft screen.
Saved messages can be accessed from the Inbox screen.
Screen displays an error pop-up if either the message subject or the message body is not entered.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 36
USB Crew File Loading (currently unavailable until further notice)

Use USB Crew File Loading screen to upload files from an external storage device into the IFE system.
To upload files:
1. On MAIN MENU screen under CREW SERVICES, touch <USB Crew File Loading>.
2. Plug the USB memory stick into the USB port.
3. Touch <LOAD FILES> to load the contents.
Note: While uploading is in progress, it can be cancelled by touching <CANCEL UPLOAD>.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 37
Flight Info - Close Flight

Description
Use the Flight Info - Close Flight screen to close the current flight saving all flight data to the system computer.
Close the Flight:
1. On MAIN MENU screen, touch <FLIGHT INFO>.
2. Check that the <Close Flight> is the active screen or touch tab.
3. Touch <CLOSE FLIGHT>.
Note: All entertainment controls will be greyed out in the MAIN MENU once 'Close Flight' is completed.
Reverse side blank

Passenger Avionics ISD OPS PART B Section 8
A330-300 (A33E) Page 1
Passenger Avionics
Wall Mounted Telephone

General Description
The Inflight Telephone Service is the first air-to-ground
telephone system designed specifically for the
commercial air traveller. This service enables our
passengers inflight to place credit card calls to
anywhere in the world.
Location
Three (3) units are installed in the following locations :
Business Class
One is mounted on the left hand side of Galley 1C.
One is mounted on the VCC unit.
Economy Class
One mounted above L4 crew seat.
Note: Wall mounted telephones can only be used to

make outgoing calls.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 2
Operation
STOW AND LATCH FOR TAXI, TAKEOFF AND LANDING
CREDIT CARD READER

CATHAY PACIFIC
OK C
1 2ABC 3
DEF
4 5 6
GHI JKL MNO
7 8 9
PQRS TUV WXYZ
0
* -/+ #
Power ON / OFF Key
Turns ON/OFF of the Handset. The power key indicator is lit even though the Handset power key is turned
off. When the Handset is turned ON the telephone function main menu is displayed.
LCD Display
The LCD has a display area of 6 lines with 12 characters per line to display alphanumerics and symbols.
Various messages, instructions for calling and dial numbers are indicated on this area. The display includes
a light that comes on when the Handset is powered and remains on until it is switched OFF.
Cursor Key
The cursor key is used for mode selection on the telephone LCD display.
Enter (Symbol 'OK')
Press this key to execute the menu just selected.
Clear (Symbol 'C')
Clear a number previously entered. For example, the cursor goes back one step. When the main menu is
displayed, up to 10 previous call numbers can be recalled every time this key is pressed.
Call (Symbol 'Green' )
Pressing this key executes the telephone number just entered.
End Call (Symbol 'Red' )
Terminates the call but does not disconnect from the telephone system. This permits the making of a
follow-up call without having to re-swipe the credit card.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 3
Dial Key
Used for entering telephone numbers and entering text data. It is alphabetical with 10 numbers for
telephone calls.
Volume UP/DOWN Key
Adjusts the telephone volume.
Card Reader
Credit card swipe area for telephone fee charges.
To Make a Call:
1. Remove the handset from the cradle by pulling the latch located on the upper part of the cradle.
2. Push ( ) and hold for 1 second or longer to turn on the handset power.
3. Slide credit card through card reader.
4. Dial Country code, Area code and Telephone number. If incorrect number is entered push 'C' to erase digit
from right to left or push ( ) to delete the whole of an entered number at once.
5. Push ( ) to connect.
6. End call by pushing ( )
7. Disconnect from system by pushing ( ) button.
8. Return the handset to the cradle.
Air to Ground Call Troubleshooting:
LCD Prompt Voice Prompt Reason Action

Card not Card not accepted Card faulty or expired Try another card
accepted
Line busy __ Line is engaged Press END CALL (.
Try later
Line disrupted (Busy tone) Internal system error Redial to re-establish line
Line not available (Busy tone) All lines on board in use Press END CALL (.
Try later
Number invalid Number invalid Number incorrect / Dial number again and press
invalid CALL
Phone not Please try later Telecom system Press END CALL (.
available problem Try later
Please try again __ Card reading error Re-try card in reader

A330-300 (A33E) Page 4
PCH Telephone
Passenger can make the calls using the Personal Control Handset (PCH) fitted in every seat with the exception
for YCL cabin as in-seat function is inactivated.
Operation
1. Press Red Release button to release the handset from the cradle.
2. Press Phone button on handset to turn on the phone.
3. Press Enter button on handset to confirm.
4. When prompted, slide credit card through the slot on the side of the phone.
5. To dial, choose one of the following options:
a. On handset - first press the Blue button and then input the numbers with the handset keypad.
b. On screen - use the Arrow and Enter buttons on handset, navigate and select the numbers
from the screen.
c. On Touchscreen PTV - press the number pad on the PTV screen.
6. To connect call, press / select the Green button on handset or the Call button on the screen.
7. To disconnect the call, press / select the Red button on handset or the End Call button on the
screen.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 5
Inflight Power Source For Electronic Devices

Inflight PC Power System is provided for passengers to power up or recharge their laptops or other electronic
devices such as MP3 players during cruise.
A master power supply for the sockets is fitted on the VCC control panel i.e., PC POWER switch.
PC POWER is switched ON at all times except for take-off and landing.
For ISM and SP only:
1. Check that PC POWER switch is turned 'ON' prior to passenger boarding.
2. Before take-off and landing, switch 'OFF' PC POWER switch.
3. Switch 'ON' PC POWER, 15 minutes after take-off.
SWITCH ON
EXCEPT FOR
TAKE-OFF AND LANDING
VCC Control Panel
PC Power Socket
Installed in each seat in Business Class and Economy Class.
Business Class
The socket is located below the Seat Control Unit.
A Power-In-Use light is mounted adjacent to the attendant step, it illuminates blue when a device is plugged -in.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 6
Economy Class
The socket is located adjacent to the life jacket stowage below the seat.
One PC power "IN USE" light is installed for each seat group. It illuminates when the PC power socket is in use. It
is located on the aisle side i.e.
l Left aisle - both aisle seats (C and D)
l Right aisle - outboard aisle seat (H)
Note: Cabin Crew are required to check the IN USE indication light OFF for taxi, take-off and landing. If it is
ON, advise passenger to disconnect the power cable and to stow away their laptop. ISM is to turn off the
PC POWER switch on the VCC control panel.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 7
The PC Power Socket has the following characteristics:

l Power supply 110 VAC@60HZ / 75 W per outlet - 150 W total.
l Receptacle for UK, US 2/3 pin plug and European standard. It is suitable for most multi plug adapters
commonly use by travelers and no transformer is required.
l Mechanical child protection to prevent manipulation.
l 3 sensors and a micro-controller release power only if a plug is engaged.
To activate the power socket, "PC POWER" switch on the VCC Control Panel must be switched on.
LED Indication:
GREEN - Power is available.
RED - System fault.
LED OFF - Power is not available
due to PC POWER or PAX SYS
switch is off or system fault.
POWER SOCKET
Safety Requirement:
As per the restrictions on use of Personal Electronic Devices, laptops must be disconnected from any sockets at
the seat, switched off and stowed while the aircraft is taxiing, takeoff, approach and landing, and during abnormal
or emergency conditions.
Reverse side blank

Miscellaneous ISD OPS PART B Section 9
A330-300 (A33E) Page 1
Miscellaneous
Standard Equipment Location
Item
Description Location
Number
Baby Bassinet S2R-01 x4
G1L (L1-20 lower)
Cabin / Galley Cleaning Kit
Fwd of G5 (RHS)
Heavy Duty Cleaning Kit Doghouse fwd of lavatory L62
Inflight Manuals S1CL-21
Inflight Wheelchair S2R-21
Personal Transfer Kit (PTK) S2R-11
Security Check Kit E2R (Fwd of R2 door) x3
Sharps Box G6 (625)
Spare Literature Pouch / Safety Card 600R
G1L (L1-02) x5
Spare Trash Compactor Boxes
G6 (627) x5
# Child Restraint Seat (CRS) Overhead compartment (21A)
L1A crew seat compt (applicable to
* Reading Light Cover
HLP/R/W only)
Fwd face of L14 (For LAZ : R1 crew seat
compt)
Fwd face of L36 (For LAZ : R2 crew seat
Utility Torch
compt)
Aft wall of stowage between G6 & G7 (For
LAZ : 822)
Crew Rest Strap G1L (L1-20) x8
* Reading Light Cover is temporarily removed until further notice.
# CRS can be installed in JCL only.
Reverse side blank

Troubleshooting ISD OPS PART B Section 10
A330-300 (A33E) Page 1
Troubleshooting
Cabin Interior
Business Class Seat
Location of Seat Power Control & Toggles
A control panel is located under every seat cushion. It consists of a 'Seat Power' control and following toggle
switches which are placard accordingly as below:
SEAT POWER:
May either be a
toggle switch or
a circuit breaker
LEGREST
RECLINE
TRACKING
Seat cannot be Operated Using Seat Control Unit (SCU)

If the seat cannot be operated using SCU, Cabin Crew must first perform the 'Seat Power Reset' to try to recover
the seat power.
Seat Power Reset
1. Press the Armrest button while pushing the

armrest down to lower the armrest, if needed.
ARMREST BUTTON
2. Lift up the seat cushion.

SEAT POWER:
May either be a 3. Lift up the control panel cover and locate the Seat
toggle switch or Power toggle switch/circuit breaker.
a circuit breaker

A330-300 (A33E) Page 2
4. Turn the Seat Power OFF, i.e.
l toggle switch - move to OFF position
l circuit breaker - pull to turn OFF.
5. Turn the Seat Power ON, i.e.
l toggle switch - move to ON position
l circuit breaker - push to turn ON.
6. Check if the seat is working properly by moving

the buttons on the SCU.
If the seat operation is not restored, perform the

Manual Override operation.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 3
Manual Override: From TTL to Bed Mode
1. Follow Steps 1-4 of Seat Power Reset.
2. Legrest Operation:
2.1. Move the 'Legrest' toggle to 'UNLOCK' position to

LEGREST release the legrest.
2.2. Lift up the legrest fully.
2.3. Move the 'Legrest' toggle back to 'LOCK' position

to secure the legrest.
3. Seat Tracking Operation:
3.1. Move the 'Tracking' toggle to 'UNLOCK' position

to release tracking.
3.2. With the assist Crew standing at the back of the

affected JCL seat, give the signal to move the
seat forward as far as possible.
TRACKING

A330-300 (A33E) Page 4
4. Seatback Recline Operation:
4.1. Move the 'Recline' toggle to 'UNLOCK' position to

release the seatback.
4.2. Push the seatback until the bed extension is fully

RECLINE deployed.
Bed extension fully deployed
5. Move both the Tracking and the Recline toggles

back to LOCK position to secure the seat.
RECLINE
TRACKING
6. Turn the Seat Power back to ON again.
7. Close the control panel cover and place the seat

cushion neatly back in place.
8. Log defect in CDML.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 5
Manual Override: From Bed Mode to TTL
1. Follow Steps 1-4 of Seat Power Reset.
2. Seatback Upright Operation:
2.1. Move the 'Recline' toggle to 'UNLOCK' position to

release the seatback.
2.2. Pull the seatback to the upright position.

RECLINE
2.3. Move the Recline toggle back to LOCK position
to secure the seatback.
3. Seat Tracking Operation:
3.1. Move the 'Tracking' toggle to 'UNLOCK' position.
3.2. With the assist Crew standing at the back of the

affected JCL seat, give the signal to move the
TRACKING seat together towards the back shell as far as
possible. (Primary Crew needs to push the seat
while the assist Crew pulls the seat towards the
back shell).
3.3. Move the 'Tracking' toggle back to 'LOCK' position

to secure the seat.
4. Legrest Operation:
4.1. Move the 'Legrest' toggle to 'UNLOCK' position.

LEGREST
4.2. Push the legrest fully down.
4.3. Move the 'Legrest' toggle back to 'LOCK' position

to secure the legrest.
5. Turn the seat power back to 'ON' again.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 6
6. Close the control panel cover and place the seat

cushion neatly back in place.
7. For take-off and landing, check that TTL indicator

Secondary TTL indicatior light illuminates green.
Note: If TTL indicator light is unserviceable,

ensure that TTL indicator located next to
the legrest is visible.
Note:
Two Cabin Crew are required to carry out the manual override procedures:
l Primary Crew: to operate the seat and toggle switches
l Assist Crew: to help primary Crew to move the seatback forward or backward as appropriate.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 7
Lavatory
Emergency Removal of Bi-folding Door
The bi-folding door has three door lockers and one damper. In case the door cannot be open normally, Cabin
Crew may perform the following procedure to remove the bi-folding door.
1. Turn the safety pin about 90 degrees to unlock the

door locker.
2. Unlock the three door locker. Move the safety pin

up to release
3. Turn the bi-folding door about 90 degrees towards

yourself. Then lift the bi-folding door up to release
the damper.
Note: Damper is the mechanism to slow down

the sliding motion of the folding door.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 8
No Water Flow from Electrical Faucet

The faucets are designed that if the hot and/or cold button is pressed for more than 5 seconds, the water will shut
off automatically. If there is no water from the faucets, Cabin Crew may perform the following procedures to reset
the system.
1. Open the access panel (disposal seat cover

panel).
2. Locate the Control Module Assembly.
3. At the Control Module Assembly, set the Toggle

Switch from the ON to the OFF position. (Toggle
switch located below the Control Module
Assembly)
4. Wait 5 seconds.
5. Set the Toggle Switch back to the ON position.
6. Try the faucet again.
7. If there is still no water even after following the

procedures above, log defect in CDML.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 9
Lavatory Water Faucet Fails to Shut Off
1. Operate the faucet several times to confirm that it

is not stuck open.
If it fails to solve the problem, carry out steps 2 to

4.
WATER OUTLET
2. Locate and CLOSE the Manual Water Supply

Shut Off Valve.
l Manual Water Supply Shut Off Valve is

located inside the cabinet under the sink
3. Lock and placard the toilet as unserviceable.
Note: NO water will be available for both the lavatory tap and flushing system, when Manual Water Supply
Shut Off Valve is CLOSED.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 10
Lavatory Water Leakage

Shut Off Valve.

located inside the cabinet under the sink
3. Monitor the situation.
If leakage continues, carry out steps 4 to 6.
4. Inform Flight Crew immediately.
5. Follow Flight Crew instruction.
Note 1: Continuous water leakage will drain the potable water. Monitor water consumption on a long haul
flight.
Note 2: NO water will be available for both the lavatory tap and flushing system, when Manual Water Supply
Shut Off Valve is CLOSED.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 11
Toilet Continuously Flushing
1. Press the Flush Handle once or twice to confirm

that it is not stuck open.
If it fails to solve the problem, proceed to step 2.
2. Close the toilet lid and TURN the Manual Flush

Shut Off Handle (if available).
Note: Manual Flush Shut Off Handle is located

behind an access door at floor level, next
to the toilet bowl.
3. If after use and the flush valve stuck again, repeat

step 1-2 each time the flush is operated. Log
defect in CDML.
MANUAL FLUSH 4. If the Flush Valve cannot be closed, carry out

SHUT OFF HANDLE steps 5 to 10.
White Collar
5. Consult the Flight Crew.
6. Locate the circuit breaker for the LAVATORY

POWER of the affected toilet, as advised by the
Flight Crew.
7. Pull open the circuit breaker.
8. Confirm the correct circuit breaker has been

Circuit Breaker Open opened by checking that flushing system of the
affected toilet becomes inoperative.
Note: Consult the Flight Crew prior to carrying out the operation of circuit breaker.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 12
Toilet Flush Inoperative
1. Verify whether only one or more toilets are

affected.
Toilet Floods due to Water Rinse Valve Sticking Open after Flushing
1. Immediately flush the toilet to evacuate excess

water from the toilet bowl.
If toilet does not flush, proceed to step 2.

Shut Off Valve.

located inside the cabinet under the sink.
If problem persists, carry out step 3 to 8.

White Collar
4. Locate the circuit breaker for the LAVATORY

POWER of the affected toilet, as advised by the
Flight Crew.
5. Pull open the circuit breaker.
6. Confirm the correct circuit breaker has been

Circuit Breaker Open opened by checking that flushing system of the
affected toilet becomes inoperative.
Note 1: The LAVATORY POWER circuit breaker has to be opened to prevent the flush valve from cycling
every 30 seconds.
Note 2: Consult the Flight Crew prior to carrying out the operation of circuit breaker.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 13
Toilet Flush System Blockage

Blockages can occur if large objects are flushed down the toilet. Items which commonly cause blockages are
diapers, hand towels, cups, and large quantities of toilet paper.
1. Use 'Heavy Duty Cleaning Kit' to unblock it.
2. If unsuccessful, lock and placard lavatory as

unserviceable.
Manual Override for Wash Basin Drain Valve
1. Pull the ring located at the top of the valve to drain

EXAMPLE PULL the waste water.
A
Note: The drain valve is located inside the
RING
cabinet under the sink.
2. If the water does not drain, lock and placard the

toilet as unserviceable.
DRAIN
VALVE

A330-300 (A33E) Page 14
No Water for Toilet Flush and Toilet Sink

If only one toilet has the problem:
1. Check whether the Manual Water Supply Shut Off

Valve is open or close.

located inside the cabinet under the sink.
If it is OPEN, lock and placard the lavatory as

unserviceable.
If it is CLOSE, carry out steps 2 to 4.
2. Open the Manual Water Supply Shut Off Valve.
3. Check the water flow from the tap.
If problem persists, lock and placard the lavatory

as unserviceable.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 15
If more than one toilets have the problem:
1. Check the water quantity.
l Except HLP/R/W, on the FAP press the

Water / Waste button.
l B-HLP/R/W, on the PIM, press the 'WATER'

button.
If the water quantity is very low or empty, inform

Flight Crew immediately as all lavatories and
galleys will be affected by the loss of water
quantity.
If the water quantity is normal, proceed to step 2.
2. Check the galley water supply.
If the galley water supply is normal, lock and

placard the toilet as unserviceable.
If the galley water supply is NOT normal, inform

Flight Crew immediately as all lavatories and
galleys will be affected by the loss of water
pressure.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 16
No Hot Water from the Toilet Sink Tap
1. Make sure that cold water is coming out from the

tap when it is in 'HOT' position.
WATER OUTLET
2. Check that the circuit breaker for the lavatory

No White Collar water heater is in CLOSE position.
Note: Consult the Flight Crew prior to carrying

out the operation of circuit breaker.
If the circuit breaker is in CLOSE position,

proceed to step 3.
EXAMPLE
3. Locate the water heater.
Note: The water heater is located inside the

cabinet under the sink.
Location of water heater
4. Check that the water heater switch is ON.
Note: The control light may be on or off.
ON/OFF INDICATOR If the water heater switch is already ON, the

SWITCH LIGHT heater is faulty.
If the water heater switch is in OFF position, carry

out steps 5 to 6.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 17
5. Move the switch to ON position.
The control light should come on and hot water

should be available in a few minutes.
ON/OFF INDICATOR
SWITCH LIGHT
Water / Waste System FAP Message (HLP/R/W)

The following CHART indicates FAP messages on Water / Waste Page (WWP) and the required Cabin Crew
action.
FAP Message Cabin Crew Action

CHECK LAV XX Flush toilet
- Flush cycle is running, the lavatory is still
available (no action required)
- Flush cycle is not completed (lock the
lavatory)
CHECK LAVS L/R Same action as above for all lavatories
on either left or right side as indicated
LAV XX INOP Lock corresponding lavatory
LAV L/R INOP, TANK FULL Lock all lavatories of indicated side
SHUT OFF WATER SUPPLY Close both Manual Flush Shut Off Handle (if available) and
CLOSE MAN OVRD IN LAV XX Manual Water Supply Shut Off Valve and lock lavatory
LAV L/R INOP ON GND Inflight, ignore message
On ground, lock lavatories on indicated side and report
immediately to ground ENG to rectify the problem
NO WASTE STATUS L/R No action required
NO WATER STATUS No action required
LAVS INOP, GND SERVICING No action required
Ground maintenance must be informed about all messages. Log all messages in Cabin Defect Maintenance Log.
Note: Lavatories are operative when message is no longer displayed.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 18
Water / Waste System FAP Message (Except HLP/R/W)

The following CHART indicates FAP messages on Water / Waste Page (WWP) and the required Cabin Crew
action.
FAP Message
Cabin Crew Action Information
Baseline Definition
WWP-list box: Information during servicing on ground On ground, vacuum system
WATER SERVICE DOOR OPEN disabled
WWP-list box: Information during servicing on ground On ground, vacuum system
WASTE SERVICE DOOR OPEN disabled
and
WWP-list box:
VACUUM SYSTEM
DISABLED LH/RH - GROUND
SERVICING
WWP-list box: NO ACTION INFO MCDU for maintenance
WASTE QUANTITY DATA LEFT action
NOT VALID X
X, left waste quantity display in
left waste tank display
WWP-list box: NO ACTION INFO MCDU for maintenance
WASTE QUANTITY DATA action
RIGHT NOT VALID X
X, right waste quantity display in
right waste tank display
blue card: NO ACTION INFO MCDU for maintenance
NO WASTE QUANTITY DATA action (LH and RH system data
AVALAIBLE not available)
WWP-list box: Information INFO MCDU for maintenance
VACUUM SYSTEM LEFT action. On ground left lavatories
DISABLED ON GROUND INOP. (Vac. Gen. overheat)
WWP-list box: Information INFO MCDU for maintenance
VACUUM SYSTEM RIGHT action. On ground right
DISABLED ON GROUND lavatories INOP. (Vac. Gen.
overheat)
WWP-list box: C/B CHECK: INFO MCDU for maintenance
CHECK LAVATORIES LEFT - action
POWER SUPPLY Caution :
It is not allowed to reset a tripped C/B,
as it may cause an overload to another
system.
MAKE AN ENTRY IN THE CDML TO

RECORD THE TRIPPED C/B. CHECK
PROPER FUNCTION OF THE
LAVATORY (e.g. flush cycle, flushing
water etc.). IF NECESSARY
DEACTIVATE THE LAVATORY.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 19
FAP Message Baseline

Definition
WWP-list box: C/B CHECK: INFO MCDU for maintenance action
CHECK LAVATORIES RIGHT -
POWER SUPPLY Caution :
It is not allowed to reset a tripped
C/B, as it may cause an overload to
another system.
MAKE AN ENTRY IN THE CDML

TO RECORD THE TRIPPED C/B.
CHECK PROPER FUNCTION OF
THE LAVATORY (e.g. flush cycle,
flushing water etc.). IF
NECESSARY DEACTIVATE THE
LAVATORY.
WWP-list box: DEACTIVATE THE AFFECTED INFO MCDU for maintenance action
VACUUM SYSTEM LEFT LAVATORIES.
DISABLED - WASTE TANK
FULL
WWP-list box: DEACTIVATE THE AFFECTED INFO MCDU for maintenance action
VACUUM SYSTEM RIGHT LAVATORIES.
DISABLED - WASTE TANK
FULL
WWP-list box: Only on ground: servicing required Waste tank not empty (30%) ground
WASTE TANK NOT EMPTY - service required
CHECK LEVEL GROUND
SERVICE REQUIRED
WWP-list box: NO ACTION ONLY INFORMATION
AUTOMATIC POWER SAVING
ACTIVE: LAVATORY WATER
HEATERS FWD OFF
WWP-list box: NO ACTION ONLY INFORMATION
AUTOMATIC POWER SAVING
ACTIVE: LAVATORY WATER
HEATERS AFT OFF
WWP-list box: CHECK LAVATORY FOR INFO MCDU for maintenance action
INOP MAIN DECK CORRECT FUNCTION, (e.g. flush
LAVATORY: <XX>, .... cycle, flushing water etc.) IF
NECESSARY DEACTIVATE THE
LAVATORY.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 20
FAP Message Baseline

Definition
CHECK MAIN DECK CORRECT FUNCTION, (e.g.
LAVATORY - flush cycle, flushing water etc.)
PERFORM FLUSH IF NECESSARY DEACTIVATE
CYCLE / CHECK THE LAVATORY.
PROPER FUNCTION
IN <XX>
SHUT OFF WATER CORRECT FUNCTION, (i.e.
SUPPLY IN MAIN flushing water continuously
DECK LAVATORY: flowing) CLOSE THE MANUAL
<XX>, .... WATER SUPPLY SHUT OFF
VALVE (if necessary) AND
LOCK THE LAVATORY.
WWP-list box: NO ACTION Maintenance action (Last Leg Report)
NO VACUUM SYSTEM
INFORMATION
AVAILABLE blue cards
for tanks and
pre-selection
-- for labels
X in all galley and
lavatories on aircraft
symbol
MCDU - Multipurpose Control and Display Unit - found in the Flight Deck.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 21
Water / Waste Ice Protection FAP Message (Except HLP/R/W)

The following CHART indicates the messages shown on FAP SYSTEM INFO page under the button 'ICE PROT'
and the required Cabin Crew action.
FAP Message
(Baseline Definition) Cabin Crew Action Information
WWP-List Box
POTABLE WATER ICE PROT. NO NO ACTION INFO MCDU
DATA AVAILABLE
POTABLE WATER ICE PROT. To prevent freezing of the system, INFO MCDU
INOP: every 10 min, Cabin Crew
LAV LXX, GALXX .. - in the related LAV: flush toilet
and operate water faucet.
- in the related GAL: let water
flow out of water faucet or water
supplied equipment.
Make sure that the water flow is
sufficient.
POTABLE WATER ICE PROT. NO ACTION INFO MCDU
INOP:
MAINTENANCE REQUIRED
(shown only on ground)
POTABLE WATER ICE PROT. NO ACTION NO ACTION
INOP:
DRAIN PANEL
POTABLE WATER ICE PROT. To prevent freezing of the system, INFO MCDU
INOP: every 10 min, Cabin Crew
FILL PIPE LAV LXX, GALXX .. - in the related LAV: flush toilet
and operate water faucet.
- in the related GAL: let water
flow out of water faucet or water
supplied equipment.
Make sure that the water flow is
sufficient.
INOP:
Tank 3
INOP:
FILL PIPE
WASTE WATER ICE PROT. INOP: NO ACTION INFO MCDU
MAINTENANCE REQUIRED
WASTE WATER ICE PROT. NO NO ACTION INFO MCDU
DATA AVAILABLE
WASTE WATER ICE PROT. INOP: NO ACTION INFO MCDU
DRAIN PIPE

A330-300 (A33E) Page 22
FAP Message
(Baseline Definition) Cabin Crew Action Information
WWP-List Box
WASTE WATER ICE FWD lavatories and galleys must not be INFO MCDU
PROT. INOP: 100DW used.
Lock and placard lavatories unserviceable.
Do not discard liquids through the galley sink
PROT. INOP: FWD used.
DRAINMAST Lock and placard lavatories unserviceable.
PROT. INOP: used.
FWD, SECT. 14 L/H Lock and placard lavatories unserviceable.
PROT. INOP: used.
FWD, DRAINMAST LINE Lock and placard lavatories unserviceable.
SECT. 14 L/H Do not discard liquids through the galley sink
PROT. INOP: used.
FWD, SECT. 14 L/H and Lock and placard lavatories unserviceable.
R/H Do not discard liquids through the galley sink
WASTE WATER ICE AFT lavatories and galleys must not be INFO MCDU
PROT. INOP: 200DW used.
Lock and placard lavatories unserviceable.
PROT. INOP: used.
AFT, DRAINMAST Lock and placard lavatories unserviceable.
PROT. INOP: used.
AFT, DRAINMAST LINE Lock and placard lavatories unserviceable.
PROT. INOP: used.
AFT, SECT. 18 Lock and placard lavatories unserviceable.
WASTE WATER ICE NO ACTION INFO MCDU
PROT. INOP:
AFT, 4 WASTE LINE
SECT. 18
MCDU - Multipurpose Control and Display Unit - found in the Flight Deck.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 23
Cabin and Communication System

Inoperative Cabin Temperature Control at FAP (Except HLP/R/W)
When occurs, one of the three failure message screens is shown on the FAP and the following procedure is to be
followed:
1. Inform and request the Flight Crew to adjust the temperature.
The problem should be rectified and the failure message disappears.
2. Log message in CDML.
NO TEMPERATURE DATA AVAILABLE
NO TEMPERATURE SELECT AVAILABLE

A330-300 (A33E) Page 24
NO CABIN
TEMPERATURE
AVAILABLE
NO CABIN TEMPERATURE AVAILABLE
Passenger Services System Failure

The following is considered to be as Passenger Services System Failure:
l No reading light on certain zone/s or entire aircraft, provided that the IFE on the affected zone is available.
l No call light on certain zone/s or entire aircraft, provided that the IFE on the affected zone is available.
Note: If IFE is not available on the affected zone, the Passenger Services System Failure is induced by the IFE
System being INOP at the said zone, thereby requiring troubleshooting procedures for the IFE System
instead.
When the Passenger Services System fails, Cabin Crew is to consult with the Flight Crew and log defect in
CDML.
Cabin Area Lighting System Failure

The following is considered to be as Cabin Area Lighting System Failure:
l No control of the cabin area light (i.e. the cabin window, aisle or centre lights) on the FAP and AAPs at
certain zone/s or entire aircraft.
When occurs, Cabin Crew is to consult with the Flight Crew and log defect in CDML.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 25
Passenger Address System Failure

The following is considered to be as P/A System Failure:
l Intermittent P/A on certain zone/s or entire aircraft
l No P/A on certain zone/s or entire aircraft
When the P/A fails, Cabin Crew are to carry out the following procedure:
1. Ensure to press RESET button on all affected handsets and stow properly.
2. Check the serviceability of the P/A.
If problem persists, check and confirm whether the failure is from a handset or from the handsets of a
certain zone/s or entire aircraft and carry out the applicable procedures listed below:
P/A fails from a handset
2. Use another handset to make the P/A.
P/A fails from the handsets of a certain zone/s or entire aircraft
1. Consult with the Flight Crew.
Cabin Interphone System Failure

The following is considered to be as Cabin Interphone System Failure:
l Intermittent inoperability of the handsets on a certain zone/s or entire aircraft.
When the Cabin Interphone fails, Cabin Crew are to check and confirm whether the failure is on a handset or on
the handsets of a certain zone/s or entire aircraft and carry out the applicable procedures listed below:
Cabin Interphone fails on a handset
1. Ensure to press RESET button on affected handset and stow properly.
2. Pick-up the handset and try to perform a cabin interphone call again.
3. If problem persists, log defect in CDML and use another handset located at the same cabin zone to initiate a
call.
Cabin Interphone fails on the handsets of a certain zone/s or entire aircraft
1. Consult with the Flight Crew.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 26
Galley System
Galley Electrics
No Galley Electrical Power
If there is a complete electrical power failure in one or more galleys:
1. Inform the Flight Crew.
Galley Water System

No Water in the Galley
If water is not available in one galley:
1. Check that the Water Shut Off Valve is ON.
If it is OFF, turn ON the Water Shut Off Valve.
If the problem persists or the Water Shut Off

Valve is already ON, the system is faulty.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 27
If water is not available in more than one galley:
1. Check the water quantity:
l Except HLP/R/W, on the FAP press the

Water / Waste button.
l B-HLP/R/W, on the PIM, press the

'WATER' button.
If water quantity is very low or empty, inform

Flight Crew immediately as all galleys and toilets
will be affected by the loss of water quantity.
If water quantity is normal, carry out steps 2 to 3.
2. Check that water is available in the toilets.
If water is available in the toilets, obtain water

from other galley that is still serviceable.
If water is NOT available in the toilets, inform the

Flight Crew immediately as all the galleys and
toilets will be affected by the loss of water
pressure.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 28
Water from Galley Tap Flows Continuously
1. Try to operate the tap several times.
This is to confirm that the tap operating lever or

button is not stuck open.
If problem persists, carry out steps 2 to 3.
2. Turn OFF the Water Shut Off Valve.
Note: Turning OFF the Water Shut Off Valve

will stop the whole water supply to that
galley i.e. tap water, beverage maker,
espresso maker, as well as steam oven.
3. Inform the Flight Crew and log defect in CDML.
Water Leakage in the Galley

If there is water leakage in the galley other than from the water tap, carry out the following procedures:
1. Turn OFF the Water Shut Off Valve.
Note: Turning OFF the Water Shut Off Valve

will stop the whole water supply to that
galley i.e. tap water, beverage maker,
espresso maker, as well as steam oven.
2. Inform the Flight Crew and log defect in CDML.
Note: Continuous water leakage will drain the potable water. Monitor water consumption on a long haul flight.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 29
Galley Sink Blockage
1. Locate the galley Drain Valve KNOB.
2. Pull the KNOB to drain the sink.
3. If the water does not drain out of the sink, carry

out the below 'Alternative Procedure' if applicable.
4. Monitor sink for repeated blockage.
Alternative Procedure:
1. Locate the Galley Sink Float Valve, if available.
METAL RING 2. Pull the METAL RING to drain the sink.
3. If the water does not drain out of the sink, dispose

liquid in other galley sinks or toilet bowls.
4. Monitor sink for repeated blockage.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 30
Oven
Oven Continues to Run After Being Switched Off
1. Keep the oven door closed
2. Inform and acquire permission from the Flight

Crew to operate the circuit breaker.
Note: An oven may have 3 circuit breakers

(labelled HEATER, MOTOR and
CONTROL), 2 circuit breakers or only
one.
3. Open all circuit breakers for the affected oven.

White Collar
This will remove all electrical power from the
oven.
4. Monitor oven to ensure oven is cooling down

properly.
Note: It may takes a long time for the oven to

Circuit Breaker Open cool down completely.
5. DO NOT turn ON the oven power again.
Note 1: DO NOT ATTEMPT TO RESET CIRCUIT BREAKER MORE THAN ONCE.
Note 2: Consult Flight Crew prior to carrying out the operation of circuit breaker.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 31
Oven will not Operate
1. For the oven which share power with beverage

LOAD SHED
maker or chiller, ensure that the amber OVEN
1 2 legend in the OVEN/BEV or OVEN/CHILLER push
button is illuminated.
OVEN OVEN
BEV CHILLER
2. Check that all circuit breakers for the affected

ovens are closed.
All circuit breakers for each oven must be closed

for the oven to operate.
Note: An oven may have 3 circuit breakers

(labelled HEATER, MOTOR and
CONTROL), 2 circuit breakers or only
one.
3. If circuit breaker is open, close the circuit breaker

White Collar
ONCE only.
No White Collar
Reminder: Inform and acquire permission from

Panel the Flight Crew before operating the
circuit breaker.
If the circuit breaker automatically opens again, do

Circuit Breaker Open Circuit Breaker Closed
not use the oven.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 32
Beverage Maker
Beverage Maker will not Operate
1. For the beverage maker which share power with

LOAD SHED
oven, ensure that the amber BEV legend in the
1 2
OVEN/BEV push button is illuminated.
OVEN OVEN
BEV CHILLER
2. Ensure water is available in the galley. If no water

No White Collar
is available, refer to NO WATER IN THE GALLEY
procedures.
3. Check that circuit breaker for the affected

beverage maker is closed.
4. If circuit breaker is open, close the circuit breaker

White Collar ONCE only.
No White Collar
Panel
the Flight Crew before operating the
circuit breaker.
If the circuit breaker automatically opens again, do

Circuit Breaker Open Circuit Breaker Closed not use the beverage maker.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 33
Beverage Maker Brewing Continuously
1. Turn OFF beverage maker.

1
2. Remove beverage decanter.
3. Clean the two water level sensors that go into the

beverage decanter, using a clean piece of cloth or
tissue.
4.
4.2
4.1. Put back decanter.
4.2. Turn ON beverage maker and try brewing again.
If problem persists, turn OFF the power and stop

using the beverage maker.
4.1

A330-300 (A33E) Page 34
IACOBUCCI Espresso Maker

No Steam from Steam Spout
If no steam is ejected from the steam spout when the 'STEAM' button is pushed, it is likely that the steam spout is
fully clogged.
1. STOP pressing further the 'STEAM' button to try

to clear the blockage as it may damage the unit.
2. Replace the steam spout immediately (refer to

REMOVE INSTALL Chapter 1 Section 6 : Iacobucci Espresso Maker -
Procedures for Steam Spout Replacement).
PRESS
3. If the frothing function does not work properly

even after the replacement, inform ISM and log
defect in CDML.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 35
Trash Compactor
Trash Compactor will not Operate
POWER ON 1. Press POWER ON switch and check that the light

SWITCH
IN-FLIGHT
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS AERO-DESIGN TECHNOLOGY,
LIQUID CRYSTAL is illuminated.
DISPLAY (LCD)
INC.
U.S. PATENTS 4,620,479 4,700,623
1. PRESS "POWER ON" TO LIGHT 4,719,852

1,253,390
CLEAN SWITCH
(UNDER COVER)
GROUND
SERVICE
ONLY
If POWER ON light is NOT illuminated, carry out
COMPACT steps 2 to 5.
SWITCH
POWER OFF WARNING
SWITCH
DO NOT OPERATE
NO
DISPOSAL
2. Check the trash compactor circuit breaker is

No White Collar closed.
If the circuit breaker is closed, the trash

compactor cannot be used. Proceed to step 5.
If the circuit breaker is open, carry out steps 3 to

5.
3. Close the circuit breaker and then check if the

White Collar trash compactor is working.
No White Collar
Panel
the Flight Crew before operating the
circuit breaker.
If the trash compactor circuit breaker opens again

Circuit Breaker Open Circuit Breaker Closed or trash compactor still does not operate, it cannot
be used.
4. When trash compactor power ON light is

POWER ON
SWITCH illuminated, check that "LATCH MAIN DOOR AND
IN-FLIGHT
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS AERO-DESIGN TECHNOLOGY, INC.
U.S. PATENTS 4,620,479 4,700,623
LIQUID CRYSTAL TRASH DOOR" message is displayed on the LCD
4,719,852
DISPLAY (LCD)
and ensure that:
1. PRESS "POWER ON" TO LIGHT DISPLAY 1,253,390
EUROPE PATENTS 0,268,709 B1
AUSTRALIAN PATENTS 594097
PANEL
GROUND
SERVICE
ONLY
l The middle door is closed, latched and
locked.
WARNING l Trash box is properly installed and that the

DO NOT OPERATE box flap is captured in the box grip.
NO DISPOSAL
OF
DURING TAXI,
l The Main Door and Trash Door are closed.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 36
Trash Compactor LCD Messages

Some messages may appear on the LCD other than the normal operation i.e. "AFTER LOADING PRESS
COMPACT" or "LATCH MAIN DOOR AND TRASH DOOR" or "MOVE FULL BOX INSERT NEW BOX". Cabin
Crew are to carry out the following procedures:
Message Action
l Follow the steps in Trash Compactor Operation
INSERT NEW BOX
(refer to Chapter 1 Section 6 - Trash Compactor).
CHECK BOX FIT
l Check if the box is crushed or the sides have
wrapped around the platen.
OPEN MAIN DOOR
l If yes, remove the damaged box and insert a new
CHECK TRASH BOX
box following the instructions in Trash Compactor
Operation.
l Open the Main Door and check if there is trash on

top of the platen or if there is a crushed box on top
of platen.
l If nothing is found, press compact to retract the

platen.
l If there is trash on the platen, remove the trash

PRESS COMPACT TO
and then press compact to retract the platen.
RETRACT PLATEN
l If the box is stuck around the platen, log defect in
CDML.
Reminder: DO NOT operate the trash

compactor until the top of the platen
is checked.
l The compactor may still be used normally.

NEED MAINTENANCE SOON-NOTE LOG
l Log defect in CDML.
l The compactor should not be used.

COMPACTOR WILL NOT OPERATE
NOTIFY GROUND MAINTENANCE l Log defect in CDML.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 37
Chiller
Chiller Compartments Not Cold Enough
1. Check and ensure that all vents of the affected

chilled compartments are unblocked
If problem persists, carry out proceeding steps.
2. Check whether chilling system is operating in its

'Defrost Cycle' by checking the chilled
compartments condition (i.e. refer to the temp
indicator) after 20 minutes.
3. If the temperature shown in the temp indicator

remains the same or continues to rise, the chiller
is unserviceable.
4. Remove the items required chilling and chill with

dry ice or transfer the items to another serviceable
chilled compartments.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 38
Cart Bays Not Cold Enough
1. Remove and reinstall back the carts to the

affected cart bays.
If problem persists, carry out proceeding steps.
2. Check whether chilling system is operating in its

'Defrost Cycle' by checking the cart bays condition
(i.e. refer to the temp indicator) after 20 minutes.
3. If the temperature shown in the temp indicator

remains the same or continues to rise, the chiller
is unserviceable.
4. Chill the affected carts with dry ice or reposition

the carts to another serviceable cart bays.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 39
DUCT OHEAT / COMP OHEAT Illuminated
1. When DUCT OHEAT / COMP OHEAT indication

light illuminated and
l Chiller shuts off automatically, proceed to

steps 4 - 6.
l Chiller does not shut off automatically, press

the chiller 'ON' button to switch off the unit.
2. Wait for few second, press the same chiller 'ON'

button again to switch on the unit.
l If DUCT OHEAT / COMP OHEAT indication

light does not illuminate, chiller can continue
be used.
l If DUCT OHEAT / COMP OHEAT indication

light illuminates, proceed to the proceeding
steps.
3. Press the same chiller 'ON' button again to switch

off the unit.
4. Transfer items required chilling to another galley

unit with serviceable chillers.
5. Inform ISM and Flight Crew.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 40
[Passenger Entertainment System

Printer Failure
'FAULT' Indicator Illuminates
When occurs, Cabin Crew are to log defect in CDML.
'PAPER ALARM' Indicator Illuminates

When occurs, Cabin Crew are to replenish the paper by carrying out the following procedures:
1. Press PRNTR button to turn OFF the printer.
2. Turn door knob counter clockwise (1/4 turn) and

pull the printer door upwards to the full open
position.
3. Remove the old paper roll by sliding it sideway to

the right and pulling it out from the left fixed end.
4. Install the new paper roll by pushing the center of

the paper roll onto the right spring loaded end,
then insert to the left fixed end.
Make sure that the new paper roll end faces

upwards to the printer door slot.
5. Insert the new paper roll end to the printer door

slot.
6. Gently push the printer door closed until it clicks.
7. Ensure the new paper roll end is visible on the

slot.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 41
Air Extraction Fan Off Light Illuminates Inflight (Applicable to HLP/R/W)

1. Set the PC POWER and PAX SYS switch to OFF.
PAX SYS
2. Set the PAX SYS switch to ON.
3. Wait for 1 minute.
PAX SYS
4. If the Air Extraction Fan Off light illuminates again,

set the PAX SYS switch to OFF.
5. Inform Cockpit Crew immediately.
6. VCC shall not be used for remainder of the fight.
7. Log defect in the CDML.
Note: If the Air Extraction Fan Off light does not

illuminate, set the PC POWER to ON. VCC
can be used again.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 42
Passenger Reading Light Reset

When passengers' reading light cannot be operated by the Personal Control Handset (PCH), Cabin Crew may
perform the following procedures:
[l For Individual Seat/s]
[ 1. On MAIN MENU screen under SEAT

CONTROLS, touch <Seat Mode and Reset>.
]
2. Check that <Seat Reset> is the active screen or
touch tab.
[ 3. Touch text box under <Enter Seat, Seat Range>.]
[4. Use keyboard or virtual keyboard to enter seat no.

of affected seat (enter single seat only for each
reset).]
Lock Lock Lock
Sys Rq
Pg Dn Scroll
Delete End
Lock
Break
Num
~ ! @ # $ % ^ & * ( )
_
+
Backspace
Lock / * Pause
` 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 - =
[
}
]
|
\
7
Home
8 9
Pg Up -
4 5 6 +
Enter
Lock ; '
1 2 3
Shift
Z X C V B N M < > ?
Shift End Pg Dn
, . / Enter
0
Ins Del
[ 5. To delete seat entry, touch <CLEAR>.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 43
6. Touch <READING LIGHT TOGGLE> to toggle

ON / OFF (only applies to a single seat each
time).
[l For One / Two Seat Rows
1. Perform SPM Reset (refer to troubleshooting procedures on 'Intermittent Defect Issue for a Group of
Seats').
l For Multiple Seat Rows / Lots of Scattered Seats from Different Classes
1. Perform Master Reset (refer to troubleshooting procedures on 'Major IFE Failure').
2. Log defect in CDML.]

A330-300 (A33E) Page 44
Passengers' Attendant Call Reset

When passengers' attendant call light cannot be turned off through the Personal Control Handset (PCH), Cabin
Crew may perform the following procedures:
[l For Individual Seat/s]

]
touch tab.
[4. Use keyboard or virtual keyboard to enter seat no.

of affected seat (enter single seat only for each
reset).]
Lock Lock Lock
Sys Rq
Pg Dn Scroll
Delete End
Lock
Break
Num
~ ! @ # $ % ^ & * ( )
_
+
Backspace
Lock / * Pause
` 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 - =
[
}
]
|
\
7
Home
8 9
Pg Up -
4 5 6 +
Enter
Lock ; '
1 2 3
Shift
Z X C V B N M < > ?
Shift End Pg Dn
, . / Enter
0
Ins Del

A330-300 (A33E) Page 45
6. Touch <ATTENDANT CALL OFF> to toggle OFF

(only applies to a single seat each time).
[l For One / Two Seat Rows
Seats').

A330-300 (A33E) Page 46
Crew Terminal (CT) does not Respond or Locks Up

When occurs, initiate CT Reset:
[1. Press CTRL + ALT + DEL keys from the VCC Keyboard (approximate waiting time for CT to reboot is 10
minutes).]
The CT should resume normal.
If problem persists, carry out the following procedures:
On Ground
1. Seek assistance from Engineer.
[If problem cannot be rectified, leave the PAX SYS switch to ON while aircraft is still on ground. The IFE
System 'Stand Alone Mode' should automatically activate 30 minutes after take-off. When the 'Stand Alone
Mode' activates inflight, the following will occur:
l All PTVs will start loading. This may last for 10 minutes.]
l The StudioCX home page will be displayed on all PTVs upon completion of loading.
l Passengers are then able to select entertainment preferences using their Personal Control Handset
(PCH) or touchscreen PTVs.
Inflight (before In-seat AVOD is ON)
[ 1. Perform Master Reset (refer to troubleshooting

procedures on 'Major IFE Failure').
2. If problem persists, the IFE System 'Stand Alone

Mode' should automatically activate after 10
minutes. When the 'Stand Alone Mode' activates
inflight, the following will occur:
l All PTVs will start loading. This may last for

10 minutes.]
l The StudioCX home page will be displayed

on all PTVs upon completion of loading.
l Passengers are then able to select their

entertainment preferences using their
Personal Control Handset (PCH) or
touchscreen PTVs.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 47
Inflight (after In-seat AVOD is ON)

[If the CT fails after In-seat AVOD is already ON, it is not required to perform IFE Master Reset, unless the IFE
system becomes unstable or majority of seats require resetting.]
The ISM should take note of the following:
l Log defect in CDML.
l At the end of the flight, do not turn OFF the PAX SYS switch. This will allow the ground engineer to rectify
the problems as soon as possible.
[l Base on the remaining flight time, ISM may exercise discretion whether to perform IFE Master Reset or to
allow 'Stand Alone Mode' to automatically activate.]

A330-300 (A33E) Page 48
"File Server Data Not Available. Retry in 15 Sec" Displayed on all PTVs
When there is a fault message on PTVs after turning ON the system, seek assistance from the ground engineer.
If not available, carry out the following procedures:
1. Perform <Close Flight>.
2. Perform <Open Flight>.
[If the fault message still appears, carry out

following steps.]
[4. Perform Master Reset (refer to troubleshooting

procedures on 'Major IFE Failure').]
[]

A330-300 (A33E) Page 49
The system should resume normal.
[6. Log defect in CDML.]
[]

A330-300 (A33E) Page 50
[Movies, TV & Music Titles Do Not Match the Flight

When the program contents broadcast are not correct with reference to the Discovery magazine, carry out the
following procedures:]
On Ground
1. Seek for Ground Engineer assistance.
Inflight
[3. Ensure all flight details are entered correctly (i.e.

flight number and sector).
Note: If flight number is not recognized, use

Generic Flight Number (refer to Chapter
1 Section 7 - Flight Info - Open Flight for
details).]
[4. Log defect in CDML]

A330-300 (A33E) Page 51
Airshow Not Displayed

In the event that the Airshow is not displayed after playing a Safety Video, it can be recovered by cycling the
<ENTERTAINMENT> function as follows:
[ 1. On MAIN MENU screen under

<ENTERTAINMENT>, touch <Entertainment>.
]
2. On the Entertainment screen, touch the toggle
button of the respective class/es (under the
'Toggle' column) to turn ON the entertainment.
3. Touch the toggle button of the respective class/es

again to turn OFF the entertainment.
The 'Airshow' should resume as normal.
[4. Log defect in CDML.]

A330-300 (A33E) Page 52
Overhead / Wall Mounted Monitors Not Showing Safety Demo

1. Check that Safety Demo is being shown on the
PTVs.
[2. Turn on the Wall Mounted Monitors via the

Monitor Control screen (refer to Chapter 1 Section
7 - Monitor Control).]
The problem should be resolved.
3. Log defect in CDML, if problem persists.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 53
Safety Demo or Video P/A Not Showing on the PTV for Minority /
Individual Seat
[When occurs, Cabin Crew are to perform the following procedures as applicable:
l For Individual Seat/s
1. Perform VIDEO reset (refer to troubleshooting procedures on 'Defective PTV - Video Related')
l For One / Two Seat Rows
Seats').
Note: During Safety Demo, continue playing the video until it is finished. Cabin Crew are to perform LIVE demo
for the affected area.]
Safety Demo or Video P/A Not Showing on the PTV for All / Majority
Seat
On Ground
1. Seek for Ground Engineer assistance.
If unavailable, follow the Inflight procedures as below.
Inflight
1. Under MAIN MENU page, press <SYSTEM

STATUS>
2. Check whether the status under SERVERS

column shows or and follow the applicable
steps.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 54
One or more shown under SERVERS column.
[1. Perform Master Reset (refer to the troubleshooting procedures on 'Major IFE Failure')]
2. If problem still persists, perform LIVE DEMO or P/A
Only shown under SERVERS column.
3. If problem still persists, perform LIVE DEMO or

P/A
[Note: During Safety Demo, continue playing the video until it is finished. Cabin Crew are to perform LIVE demo
for the affected area.]

A330-300 (A33E) Page 55
No AVOD for All / Majority Seat

1. Verify if majority of the seats are showing "LOADING".
l If majority of the seats are showing "LOADING", proceed to step 3 directly.
l If majority of the seats are not showing "LOADING", proceed to step 2.
2. Check the System Status <MAIN MENU

SYSTEM STATUS> whether any is shown
under the SERVERS column.
[l If is shown, perform Master Reset (refer

to the troubleshooting procedures on 'Major
IFE Failure')]
l If is not shown, proceed to step 3.
[ 3. On MAIN MENU screen under

<ENTERTAINMENT>, touch <Entertainment>.
]
4. On the Entertainment screen under State column,
ensure the entertainment status for All Zones are
ON.
[If problem persists, continue with the following

steps.]
5. On the Entertainment screen, touch the toggle

button of the All zones to turn OFF the
entertainment.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 56
[If problem persists, perform Master Reset (refer

to the troubleshooting procedures on 'Major IFE
Failure').]

A330-300 (A33E) Page 57
No AVOD for Minority / Individual Seat

Cabin Crew are to check and ensure the following before concluding that there is no AVOD to a minority or
individual seat:
1. The affected PTV screen is not in screen saver mode.
2. AVOD is available to the majority of seats.
3. Headset is plugged in correctly and worked fine.
[When the defect is observed, Cabin Crew are to perform the following procedures as applicable:
1. Perform VIDEO reset (refer to troubleshooting procedures on 'Defective PTV - Video Related')
Seats').
[]

A330-300 (A33E) Page 58
Unserviceable Personal Control Handset (PCH)

[When PCH is unserviceable, Cabin Crew are to perform the following procedures as applicable:
1. Use the touchscreen function of PTV to navigate the IFE program.
2. If problem persists, manually send VIDEO / AUDIO to the affected seat/s.
Seats').
Send Video to Selected Seat/s Manually]

]
2. Check that <Seat Video> is the active screen or
touch tab.
4. Use keyboard or virtual keyboard to enter seat no.

of affected seat/s.
Lock Lock Lock
Sys Rq
Pg Dn Scroll
Delete End
Lock
Break
Num
~ ! @ # $ % ^ & * ( )
_
+
Backspace
Lock / * Pause
` 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 - =
[
}
]
|
\
7
Home
8 9
Pg Up -
4 5 6 +
Enter
Lock ; '
1 2 3
Shift
Z X C V B N M < > ?
Shift End Pg Dn
, . / Enter
0
Ins Del

A330-300 (A33E) Page 59
]
6. Touch <SELECT FILTER> to go through the list.
7. Touch Title from the list to select.
8. Touch <SEND TO SEAT> to send video to seat.
9. Check with passenger.
l If volume needs to be adjusted, touch

'Volume' <+> or <-> to adjust.
l If brightness needs to be adjusted, touch

'Brightness' <+> or <-> to adjust.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 60
[Send Audio to Selected Seat/s Manually]

]
2. Check that <Seat Audio> is the active screen or
touch tab.

of affected seat/s.
Lock Lock Lock
Sys Rq
Pg Dn Scroll
Delete End
Lock
Break
Num
~ ! @ # $ % ^ & * ( )
_
+
Backspace
Lock / * Pause
` 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 - =
[
}
]
|
\
7
Home
8 9
Pg Up -
4 5 6 +
Enter
Lock ; '
1 2 3
Shift
Z X C V B N M < > ?
Shift End Pg Dn
, . / Enter
0
Ins Del
]
6. Touch <SELECT FILTER> to go through the list.
7. Touch Title from the list to select.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 61
8. Touch <SEND TO SEAT> to send audio to seat.
9. Check with passenger.
If volume needs to be adjusted, touch 'Volume'

<+> or <-> to adjust.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 62
[Defective Personal Television (PTV) - Sound Related

l For Individual Seat/s]
[ 1. Use a new CX provided headset to test audio

signal. If problem persists, continue with the
following steps.]
2. On MAIN MENU screen under SEAT


touch tab.

of affected seat/s.
Lock Lock Lock
Sys Rq
Pg Dn Scroll
Delete End
Lock
Break
Num
~ ! @ # $ % ^ & * ( )
_
+
Backspace
Lock / * Pause
` 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 - =
[
}
]
|
\
7
Home
8 9
Pg Up -
4 5 6 +
Enter
Lock ; '
1 2 3
Shift
Z X C V B N M < > ?
Shift End Pg Dn
, . / Enter
0
Ins Del
]
7. Touch <VIDEO/AUDIO RESET>.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 63
8. A pop-up window appears, touch <AUDIO>.
[Note 1: If broken pins left inside the audio jack, do not attempt to insert new headset. Reseat passenger if
other seats available.
Note 2: For YCL, this will also reset the Video of the passenger behind the selected seat. Cabin Crew should
endeavour to inform the affected passenger/s of the seat reset taking approximately10 min.
Approximate Waiting Time: 10 min.
Seats').

A330-300 (A33E) Page 64
[Defective Personal Television (PTV) - Video Related

Defective Personal Control Handset (PCH) - Game / Menu Browsing
Related
PTV Freeze with 'Loading Progress Bar' Displayed
l For Individual Seat/s]

]
touch tab.

of affected seat/s.

Lock Lock Lock
Sys Rq
Pg Dn Scroll
Delete End
Lock
Break
Num
~ ! @ # $ % ^ & * ( )
_
+
Backspace
Lock / * Pause
` 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 - =
[
}
]
|
\
7
Home
8 9
Pg Up -
4 5 6 +
Enter
Lock ; '
1 2 3
Shift
Z X C V B N M < > ?
Shift End Pg Dn
, . / Enter
0
Ins Del

A330-300 (A33E) Page 65
6. Touch <VIDEO/AUDIO RESET>.
7. A pop-up window appears, touch <VIDEO>.
[Note: For YCL, this will also reset the Audio of the passenger in front of the selected seat. Cabin Crew should
endeavour to inform the affected passenger/s of the seat reset taking approximately10 min.
Approximate Waiting Time: 10 min.
Seats').

A330-300 (A33E) Page 66
[Intermittent Defect Issue for a Group of Seats

Video / Audio Reset Does Not Fix the Defect
(Applicable to Economy Class Only)]
The function of Seat Power Module (SPM) is to supply power to the seat's inflight entertainment system. It is
designed with a toggle type switch called SPM POWER SWITCH. Cabin Crew is to reset the SPM Power Switch
when one of the following occurs:
[l There is an intermittent defect issue for a small group of seats, i.e. YCL (1-2 Rows).
l The Video/Audio Reset does not fix the defect.]
Location of the SPM Power Switch:

[The POWER SWITCH is located near the aisle of the aisle seat C, D and H.]
Two types of power switch orientation
YCL Seat - Under the Front Edge of the Seat Cushion
[Note: Switch is ON when in down position and OFF when in up position.]

A330-300 (A33E) Page 67
[SPM Reset]
A. On the Crew Terminal (CT)

]
touch tab.
4. Use keyboard or Virtual Keyboard to enter seat

no. of affected seat/s.
Lock Lock Lock
Sys Rq
Pg Dn Scroll
Delete End
Lock
Break
Num
~ ! @ # $ % ^ & * ( )
_
+
Backspace
Lock / * Pause
` 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 - =
[
}
]
|
\
7
Home
8 9
Pg Up -
4 5 6 +
Enter
Lock ; '
1 2 3
Shift
Z X C V B N M < > ?
Shift End Pg Dn
, . / Enter
0
Ins Del
]
[ 6. Touch <SEAT ROW RESET>.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 68
7. A pop-up screen will show the location of the seat

with the power switch needed to reset the
defective seat/s as well as which other seats will
be affected by the reset.
B. At the location of the seat describe in Step 7 above:
1. Locate the SPM POWER SWITCH.
2. Turn the SPM POWER SWITCH off (toggle the switch).
3. Wait for 1 minute.
4. Turn the SPM POWER SWITCH on again.
[C. Log the defect in CDML.]
[]
[Note 1: The <SEAT ROW RESET> button on the CT does not reset the SPM. It only displays location of the
seat with the power switch necessary to reset the defective seat/s. The defect may only be fixed after
cycling the power switch.
Note 2: Approximate waiting time for the IFE system to reboot is 10 minutes.]

A330-300 (A33E) Page 69
Seat Row Reset Pop-up Screen Samples
Sample A - Single Seat Defect
Sample B - Single Seat Defect
Note: The notification in Sample B: "Please locate the power switch at the seat in front of seat 33C" is referring
to seat 32C.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 70
Sample C - Multiple Seats Defect
Note: The notification from Sample C: "Please locate the power switch at the seat in front of seat 32C. Please
locate the power switch at seat 53H" are referring to seats 31C & 53H.
Sample D - Defect on a Range of Seats
Note: The notification from Sample D: "Please locate the power switch at seat 55C. Please locate the power
switch at the seat in front of seat 57C" are referring to seats 55C and 56C.
Sample E - Invalid Seat Entry
[]

A330-300 (A33E) Page 71
[Major IFE Failure

Major IFE failure is defined as any IFE defect which affects the following:
l Entire cabin / all classes / all seats
l Half or more JCL seats
l Quarter or more of YCL seats
Seat Group Power Reset (to be removed progressively)]
1. On MAIN MENU screen under SEAT

CONTROLS, touch <Seat Group Power Reset>.
2. Enter one seat location which has no power.
The system will automatically display the seat

group of where the selected seat belongs to.
Note: The seat diagrams should be GREEN,

indicating Port Power ON.
3. Under Port Power, touch <OFF>. The affected

seat diagram will be in RED.
4. Wait for 1 minute, and then touch <ON>.
5. The affected seat group should resume power

within 1 minute and IFE will start loading.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 72
[Note: If after performing the 'Seat Group Power Reset' and the IFE does not recover, perform Master Reset
Approximate Waiting Time for the loading of IFE system: 10 min.
Master Reset]
1. On MAIN MENU screen, press <Capture Logs>.
[Capture Logs must be activated before

performing the Master Reset. This will generate a
Press
log of the overall system status including technical
details of the active defect which are vital for
defect rectification.]
[2. Check that Progress Loading Bar is shown next to

<Capture Logs>.
(approximate waiting time : 5-10 min)]
Progress Loading
Bar will be shown.
This process will
take approximately
5 minutes.
3. After the Capture Log process is completed, press

Press <CLOSE>.
Note 1: If the Capture Logs process exceeds 10 min, proceed to step 4 without waiting any further.
Note 2: For cases of an INOP CT where the Capture Logs function is not available, proceed to step 5 straight
away.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 73
5. Turn OFF the PAX SYS switch.
[Wait for 3 minutes.
Important Note: The 3 minutes wait is very

important as it allows the
system to shut down
completely before being
turned ON again.]
PAX SYS
6. Turn ON PAX SYS switch.
PAX SYS
[ 7. Once Log In screen is displayed at CT, wait a

further 2 mins before logging in.]
[Note: If unable to CLOSE flight before turning

OFF the PAX SYS, Cabin Crew may
need to enter the generic flight number to
complete the OPEN Flight procedures.
(For details, refer to Chapter 1 Section 7
- Flight Info - Open Flight).]
9. Turn ON Entertainment (AVOD) function as

applicable.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 74
[]
[Approximate Waiting Time: 20 min.]
[]
[Note: After the Master Reset procedures completed, check if the SERVERS statuses (under Main Menu >
System Status page) are Green. If there are Red indications, report it in CDML.
PC Power (In-seat Power) Outlet Failure

When the PC Power Outlet in passengers' seat is not working, e.g. unable to charge a mobile phone, etc, Cabin
Crew is to carry out the following procedures as applicable.
1. Check the LED indication status of the power outlet and if:
n Red LED Indicator Illuminate -

The system is faulty. Log defect in CDML.
n Green LED Indicator or No Light Illuminate -

Inform passenger to use different type of AC plug or adapter if they have and log defect in CDML.
1. Perform SPM Reset (refer to troubleshooting procedures on 'Intermittent Defect issue for a Group of
Seats').
1. Check to ensure that PC Power switch is ON at the VCC.
2. If problem persists, perform Master Reset (refer to troubleshooting procedures on 'Major IFE Failure').

[Normal Crew Complement Cathay Pacific Airways Limited Chapter 2
A330-300 (A33E) Page 1
Table of Contents

ISM (L1)
Pre Take-Off Emergency Equipment Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-1
Pre Take-Off Prior To Passenger Boarding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-2
Pre Take-Off Cabin Security Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-5
Pre Take-Off During Passengers Boarding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-5
Pre Take-Off Passenger Onboard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-6
Pre Take-Off - Taxiing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-7
After Take-Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-8
Pre-Landing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-9
After Landing - Taxiing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-10
After Landing - Seat Belt Sign Off
Before Passenger Disembarkation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-11
After Passenger Disembarkation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-12
Transit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-12

A330-300 (A33E) Page 2
SP2 (L2)
After Take-Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-8
Pre-Landing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-9
Transit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-11

A330-300 (A33E) Page 3
FP2 (R1)
After Take-Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3-5
Pre-Landing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3-5
Transit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3-7

A330-300 (A33E) Page 4
FP6 (R4)
After Take-Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4-5
Pre-Landing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4-5
Transit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4-7

A330-300 (A33E) Page 5
FP8 (R2)
After Take-Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5-6
Pre-Landing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5-7
Transit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5-9

A330-300 (A33E) Page 6
J1 (L1A)
After Take-Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6-5
Pre-Landing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6-5
Transit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6-6

A330-300 (A33E) Page 7
Y1 (R3)
After Take-Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7-5
Pre-Landing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7-6
Transit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7-7

A330-300 (A33E) Page 8
Y2 (L3)
After Take-Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-5
Pre-Landing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-6
Transit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8-7

A330-300 (A33E) Page 9
Y3 (R4A)
After Take-Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9-4
Pre-Landing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9-4
Transit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9-6

A330-300 (A33E) Page 10
Y4 (L4)
After Take-Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10-6
Pre-Landing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10-6
Transit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10-8

A330-300 (A33E) Page 11
BD
After Take-Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11-2
Pre-Landing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11-2
Transit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11-3
Gentle Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11-4

A330-300 (A33E) Page 12
Cabin Crew Duties And Responsibilities

NORMAL Crew Complement refers to the number of Quick Reference Chart
Cabin Crew required to man every exit and provide Cabin Crew Per Section
service on a full load basis. The Normal Crew
Complement for A33E is 10. ISM
Drs 1 & 2 SVC CTR - J SP2+
Pre-Flight Briefing Class FP2
FP8
The Inflight Service Manager (ISM) is responsible at J1 (4)
the pre-flight briefing for assigning each Cabin Crew Dr 4 SVC CTR - Y Class FP6+
their positions. The ISM shall distribute the Cabin Y1
Crew Operational Checklists (CCOC) accordingly. Y2
Y3
Cabin Crew Position Door Station Y4 (5)
ISM L1
SP2 L2 + SP2 : Supervise J Cabin
FP2 R1 FP6 : Supervise Y Cabin
FP6 R4
FP8 R2
J1 L1A
Y1 R3
Y2 L3
Y3 R4A
Y4 L4
There must be no deviation from the correlation of

door station and category without prior approval from
the ISM.
BD Crew: On selected flights as determined by the

Inflight Sales Team, a BD Crew or Cabin Crew
assigned primarily to focus on the inflight sales service
throughout the flight will be rostered in addition to the
normal crew complement. The BD Crew shall refer to
the BD CCOC provided.
The ISM shall collect all CCOCs at the end of the

flight.
The specific duties and responsibilities assigned to

Cabin Crew together with amplification are detailed in
this chapter.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 13
A33E
(39/223)
CABIN CREW POSITIONING DIAGRAM
FP2 FP8 Y1 Y3 FP6

(R1) (R2) (R3) (R4A) (R4)
ZONE A - 28J ZONE B - 11J ZONE C - 94Y ZONE D - 129Y
R1 R2 R3 R4
E2R
39K 40K 41K 42K 43K 44K 45K 46K 47K 48K 49K S 69K 70K
59K 60K 61K 62K 63K 64K 65K 66K 67K 68K 71K
S2R
DH
72K
B S1R 11K 12K 14K 15K 16K 17K 18K L-36 20K 21K L-52 L-54 73K 74K
L-14 S2RA 69H
DH
39H 40H 41H 42H 43H 44H 45H 46H 47H 48H 49H 59H 60H 61H 62H 63H 64H 65H 66H 67H 68H 70H 71H G5R S
72H 73H 74H
G1 G6
S2CL S2CR
39G 40G 41G 42G 43G 44G 45G 46G 47G 48G 49G 50G B 59G 60G 61G 62G 63G 64G 65G 66G 67G 68G 69G 70G
11G 12G 14G 15G 16G 17G 18G 19G 20G 21G B
S1CL S1CR
73G 74G 75G

L-62 72G
C1C
39F 40F 41F 42F 43F 44F 45F 46F 47F 48F 49F 50F 59F 60F 61F 62F 63F 64F 65F 66F 67F 68F 69F 70F 71G
S2CA
S1CA
G2
DH
G1C 39E 40E 41E 42E 43E 44E 45E 46E 47E 48E 49E 50E 59E 60E 61E 62E 63E 64E 65E 66E 67E 68E 69E 70E 71E 72E 73E 74E 75E
G5 S8
11D 12D 14D 15D 16D 17D 18D 19D 20D 21D B L-61 73D 74D 75D
39D 40D 41D 42D 43D 44D 45D 46D 47D 48D 49D 50D B 59D 60D 61D 62D 63D 64D 65D 66D 67D 68D 69D 70D 71D 72D
L-11 G7
73C 74C 75C
G1L S2L 39C 40C 41C 42C 43C 44C 45C 46C 47C 48C 49C 50C 59C 60C 61C 62C 63C 64C 65C 66C 67C 68C 69C 70C 71C 72C S
B S1L
VCC
11A 12A 14A 15A 16A 17A 18A 19A 20A 21A
DH
73A 74A 75A
39A 40A 41A 42A 43A 44A 45A 46A 47A 48A 49A 50A L-53 59A 60A 61A 62A 63A 64A 65A 66A 67A 68A 69A 70A 71A 72A
E2L S
L1 L2 L3 L4
(L1) (L1A) (L2) (L3) (L4A) (L4)

ISM J1 SP2 Y2 VACANT Y4
CREW STATION
ISM
FP2 J1 FP8 Y1 Y3
R1 R2 R3 R4
E2R
39K 40K 41K 42K 43K 44K 45K 46K 47K 48K 49K S 69K 70K
59K 60K 61K 62K 63K 64K 65K 66K 67K 68K 71K
DH
S2R
72K
L-14 S2RA 69H
DH
72H 73H 74H
G1 G6
S2CL S2CR
11G 12G 14G 15G 16G 17G 18G 19G 20G 21G B
S1CL S1CR
73G 74G 75G

L-62 72G
C1C
S2CA
S1CA
G2
DH
G5 S8
L-11 G7
73C 74C 75C
B S1L
VCC
11A 12A 14A 15A 16A 17A 18A 19A 20A 21A
DH
73A 74A 75A

E2L S
L1 L2 L3 L4
SP2 Y2 Y4 FP6
BASIC AREA OF RESPONSIBILITIES
FP2 J1 Y3 FP6
R1 R2 R3 R4
E2R
39K 40K 41K 42K 43K 44K 45K 46K 47K 48K 49K S 69K 70K
59K 60K 61K 62K 63K 64K 65K 66K 67K 68K 71K
DH
S2R
72K
L-14 S2RA 69H
DH
72H 73H 74H
G1 G6
S2CL S2CR
11G 12G 14G 15G 16G 17G 18G 19G 20G 21G B
S1CL S1CR
73G 74G 75G

L-62 72G
C1C
S2CA
S1CA
G2
DH
G5 S8
L-11 G7
73C 74C 75C
B S1L
VCC
11A 12A 14A 15A 16A 17A 18A 19A 20A 21A
DH
73A 74A 75A

E2L S
L1 L2 L3 L4
ISM FP8 SP2 Y1 Y2 Y4
PASSENGER BOARDING POSITION

A330-300 (A33E) Page 14
A33E
(39/223)
*^J1 *^FP8 *Y1 #*Y3 FP6

R1 R2 R3 R4
E2R
39K 40K 41K 42K 43K 44K 45K 46K 47K 48K 49K S 69K 70K
59K 60K 61K 62K 63K 64K 65K 66K 67K 68K 71K
S2R
DH
72K
L-14 S2RA 69H
DH
72H 73H 74H
G1 G6
S2CL S2CR
11G 12G 14G 15G 16G 17G 18G 19G 20G 21G B
S1CL S1CR
73G 74G 75G

L-62 72G
C1C
S2CA
S1CA
G2
DH
G5 S8
L-11 G7
73C 74C 75C
S1L
VCC
B 11A 12A 14A 15A 16A 17A 18A 19A 20A 21A
DH
73A 74A 75A
E2L S
L1 L2 L3 L4
ISM *^FP2 *^SP2 *Y2 #*Y4

# Deploy in-arm PTVs for VIDEO
safety demo if seat is occupied &
wall mounted monitor is unserviceable.
* Patrol cabin to monitor video
^ Ensure window seat PTVs are
deployed.
VIDEO SAFETY DEMONSTRATION POSITION
J1 FP8 Y1 Y3 FP6
R1 R2 R3 R4
E2R
39K 40K 41K 42K 43K 44K 45K 46K 47K 48K 49K S 69K 70K
59K 60K 61K 62K 63K 64K 65K 66K 67K 68K 71K
S2R
DH
72K
L-14 S2RA 69H
DH
72H 73H 74H
G1 G6
S2CL S2CR
11G 12G 14G 15G 16G 17G 18G 19G 20G 21G B
S1CL S1CR
73G 74G 75G

L-62 72G
C1C
S2CA
S1CA
G2
DH
G5 S8
L-11 G7
73C 74C 75C
B S1L
VCC
11A 12A 14A 15A 16A 17A 18A 19A 20A 21A
DH
73A 74A 75A

E2L S
L1 L2 L3 L4
ISM FP2 SP2 Y2 Y4

(Row 45) (Row 66)
LIVE SAFETY DEMONSTRATION / EXIT POINTING POSITION
FP2 *FP8 Y1 Y3 FP6

R1 R2 R3 R4
E2R
39K 40K 41K 42K 43K 44K 45K 46K 47K 48K 49K S 69K 70K
59K 60K 61K 62K 63K 64K 65K 66K 67K 68K 71K
S2R
DH
72K
L-14 S2RA 69H
DH
72H 73H 74H
G1 G6
S2CL S2CR
11G 12G 14G 15G 16G 17G 18G 19G 20G 21G B
S1CL S1CR
73G 74G 75G

L-62 72G
C1C
S2CA
S1CA
G2
DH
G5 S8
L-11 G7
73C 74C 75C
S1L
VCC
B 11A 12A 14A 15A 16A 17A 18A 19A 20A 21A
DH
73A 74A 75A

E2L S
L1 L2 L3 L4
ISM J1 SP2 Y2 Y4
* Close / open curtains (LH & RH)
PASSENGER DISEMBARKATION POSITION

ISM (L1) ISD OPS PART B Section 1
A330-300 (A33E) Page 1
ISM
Pre Take-Off Emergency Equipment Checks

(Conducted Upon Boarding An Aircraft)
Check Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
Manual - Safety & Emergency Procedures, Chapter 1
l L1 Door Mode Selector in "DISARMED" and 2.
with safety pin inserted & red streamer
visible
l L1 Seat, Harness Check serviceability.
l L1 & L1A Seat Areas / Compts
A. BCF
B. Emergency ANN Card In position.
C. Life Jacket x2
D. Manual Release Tool
E. Megaphone
F. O2
G. Pocket Mask and Gloves Kit
H. Spare Oxygen Mask
I. Torch x2
l O/head Compt Aft of Door
A. Additional Survival Pack
B. Demonstration Kit
l G1L Side Compt
A. First Aid Kit
B. PBE
l VCC
A. Restraint Kit
Receive confirmation from SP2 & FP6 that

Emergency Equipment Checks completed
Report any defect/s or shortage/s (except ADD)

to ground engineer

A330-300 (A33E) Page 2
Pre Take-Off Prior To Passenger Boarding

Liaise with Flight Crew
l Time when Capts Welcome P/A to be

made
l Flight time
l Taxi time
l Time for Fuelling operation
Check - FAP (Forward Attendant Panel), report

any irregularity to ground engineer
l PNL LIGHT TEST button - press to check

serviceability of the LCD and integrated
light of the push buttons
l CIDS CAUT (caution) light - if flashing,

select System Check page. Note defect/s
and advise ground engineer
l Water Quantity
n 100% :
Long Haul vv, Australia vv, Middle
East vv, AKL vv, BKK-CMB, CGK,
DEL, DPS vv, HKG-BOM,
HKG-TPE-NRT vv, HYD, KHI, MAA,
PEN
n 75% :
BKK-BOM, CEB, CTS vv, FUK vv,
HND vv, ICN vv, KIX vv, KUL vv,
NGO vv, NRT vv, SGN, SIN vv,
SIN-CMB, SUB vv
n 50% :
Other Regional vv, YVR-JFK vv
Note: No Water uplift : BOM, CEB, CMB,

CGK, DEL, HYD, KHI, MAA, PEN &
SGN
l Waste Tank Display for both L & R tanks -

EMPTY without intermittent or fluctuating
reading
l Cabin / Mood Lighting System
n Select setting / scenario for all cabins
n Artwork Lights
l Adjust cabin / mood lighting as per Lighting Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
Guidelines Manual - General Procedures, Chapter 1.

Normal Crew Complement Cathay Pacific Airways Limited Chapter 2
A330-300 (A33E) Page 3
Check L1 P/A serviceability
l Receive feedback from Section Leaders

regarding sound quality and volume
Check L1 Interphone serviceability
l Call all doors and receive feedback from

Cabin Crew
Flight Crew P/A serviceability check

l Advise Flight Crew
Video Control Centre (VCC)
l Turn ON "Master Power"
l Turn ON PC POWER
l Perform OPEN FLIGHT procedures
Safety Video checks
l Advise Cabin Crew to carry out Safety

Video checks
l Play video
n Select correct video source & title
n Press SAFETY DEMO key

regarding picture, sound quality and
volume
n Adjust volume if required
Pre-programme recorded announcement/s if

required
Boarding Music - ON
Check Cabin Defect Maintenance Log (CDML) Refer to ISD Operations Part A Inflight Services
Policy, Procedures & Requirements, Chapter 10.
l ADD record sheet (grey & pink pages) -
follow up with ground engineer if required
l Report any defect/s (except ADD) to

ground engineer
[ Record potable water quantity in CDML]
Advise Cabin Crew to carry out Insecticide Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
Spraying procedures as required Manual - General Procedures, Chapter 3 and ISD
Operations Part C Port and Hotel.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 4
Advise Cabin Crew to carry out Cabin Cleaning Refer to ISD Operations Part A Inflight Services
checks Policy, Procedures & Requirements, Chapter 10.
l Sign Cabin Cleaning Checklist
Receive catering information from Galley

Pursers and liaise with ground staff / caterer as
required
l Sign "Catering List Form"
Liaise with ground staff
l Pax boarding time
l No. and gender of Cabin Crew
l No. of Flight Crew
l Seat assignment of personnel on GD as

required
n Inform concerned personnel
Receive documents / special information from

ground staff and distribute to Section Leaders as
required
l CIQ form Refer to ISD Operations Part C Port and Hotel.
l Form of Indemnity
l GD (ex Outport)
l Inflight : Special Handling List
l Inflight : Staff & LATE SPML List
l Onboard Service List
l Reflex Satchel
l Seating Pictorial

A330-300 (A33E) Page 5
Pre Take-Off Cabin Security Checks

The objective of Cabin Security checks is to carry out a thorough search to ensure no foreign or
suspicious objects are onboard the aircraft. This should normally be carried out after caterers /
cleaners / ground personnel are off the aircraft.
Note: For flights ex-LHR and ex-FRA, to and from USA, Cabin Crew are not required to carry out Cabin
Security checks.
Make P/A for Cabin Security checks
"Attention to all ground staff, catering personnel

& cleaners, the Cabin Crew are about to conduct
the cabin security checks, so we ask you to
please leave the aircraft now. Thank you. Cabin
Crew, cabin security checks please."
Ensure no unauthorized personnel onboard Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
Manual - Safety & Emergency Procedures, Chapter 1.
Carry out Cabin Security checks
l VCC all stowage
l L1 & L1A Seats
Supervise checks & receive confirmation from

SP2 & FP6 that Cabin Security Checks
completed
l Sign "Security Checklist" form if applicable
Inform Flight Crew that cabin is ready for pax

boarding
Inform ground staff that cabin is ready & obtain

time for pax boarding
Confirm with Flight Crew & Cabin Crew re time

for pax boarding to commence
Pre Take-Off During Passenger Boarding

Boarding Position - L1 Door area Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
Manual - General Procedures, Chapter 2.
l Accept special handling pax, e.g. YPTA,
WHCR pax etc. Advise Section Leader/s
concerned
l Greet & assist pax
Ensure that pax do not leave the aircraft once

boarded
l Inform ground staff if pax requested to

leave the aircraft
Make P/A - Overhead Compartment Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew
Passenger Address Handbook.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 6
Pre Take-Off Passenger Onboard

Carry out Pax Headcount procedures if informed Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
by ground staff or Flight Crew Manual - General Procedures, Chapter 2; Safety &
Emergency Procedures, Chapter 1.
Inform Flight Crew the number & location of Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
special handling pax Manual - General Procedures, Chapter 4; Safety &
Prior to closing last cabin door (L1/L2) Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
Manual - Safety & Emergency Procedures, Chapter 2;
l Ensure fuelling process is completed ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Passenger
Address Handbook.
l Make P/A - Before Closing the Aircraft
Door
l Upon confirmation from Section Leaders,

inform ground staff that the last cabin door
will be closed
l Check to ensure doorsill area has no

debris & door safety strap fully retracted
into the door frame
Close last cabin door (L1 / L2)
Note: If re-opening of door is requested,

obtain permission from the Capt
Boarding Music - OFF
Make P/A - Welcome Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew

Make P/A for Pre Take-Off Door procedures Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
Carry out door procedures for departure - L1

Door
l Ensure that the door locking indicators

show LOCKED
l Lift access cover, remove & stow Safety

Pin & Red Streamer
l Move mode selector to ARMED
Cross check R1 door to ensure
l Door locking indicators show LOCKED
l Mode selector in ARMED
l Safety Pin & Red Streamer stowed

A330-300 (A33E) Page 7
Receive "thumbs up" confirmation signal from

FP2
Check FAP, call and receive confirmation from

L2, L3 and L4 door primaries that door
procedures for departure are completed
Safety Demonstration Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating

Manual - General Procedures, Chapter 5; Safety &
l Make P/A Emergency Procedures, Chapter 1; ISD Operations
Part B Cabin Crew Passenger Address Handbook.
l VIDEO - L1 Door area
n Ensure correct safety video

demonstration is played
n If video is inoperative in any area of

cabin, ensure Cabin Crew carry out
LIVE demo
l LIVE - L1 Door area
Advise Cabin Crew to carry out Pre Take-Off

checks
Check / secure - VCC unit & compts
l Turn ON "Entertainment"
l Turn OFF PC POWER
Adjust cabin / mood lighting as per Lighting Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
Receive confirmation from SP2 & FP6 that Pre Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
Take-Off Checks completed Manual - Safety & Emergency Procedures, Chapter 1.
l Ensure Cabin Crew are seated
Take L1 Seat, secure with seat belt & harness
Upon signal, P/A from Flight Crew "Cabin Crew

be seated for take-off" - ensure cabin is ready
for take-off
l Press CABIN READY button & ensure it

illuminates GREEN
Pre Take-Off - Taxiing

L1 Seat Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
l Cabin Crew must be seated with seat belt
and harness fastened (except when
performing safety-related duties), and carry
out Silent Review, until the seat belt sign is
cycled and it is safe to commence after
take-off duties

A330-300 (A33E) Page 8
After Take-Off
CLIMB : "Fasten Seat Belt" sign is cycled
l If condition is safe for Cabin Crew to leave

their seats to commence duties, advise
Cabin Crew via interphone (Dial INTPH +
ALL)
Make P/A - After Take-Off Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew
VCC
l Turn ON PC POWER
l Send Seat Message/s as required
l Cabin ACARS
n Check incoming message/s

periodically
n Send outgoing message/s (as

required)
TURBULENCE - "Fasten Seat Belt" sign is ON Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
l Make P/A - Turbulence ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Passenger
Address Handbook.
l Supervise checks & receive confirmation
from SP2 & FP6 that Cabin Checks
completed
l Report to Flight Crew - Cabin Checks

completed
Observe cabin temperature & adjust if required
Welcome & greet (before drink / meal service Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
commences) Manual - General Procedures, Chapter 4.
l JCL & YCL : DM Plus, DM Invitation, DM &

oneworld Emerald members
l JCL & YCL : GO, SL & oneworld members

(Sapphire, Ruby)
n Assign to respective Section Leader/s
Distribute / delegate Cabin Crew for distribution Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
of survey forms (if applicable) Manual - General Procedures, Chapter 3.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 9
Supervise inflight service Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
Manual - General Procedures, Chapter 3; ISD Inflight
l Cocktail & meal service Service Manual; Service Matrix; Inflight Sales Service
Manual.
l Cabins / galleys / toilets - TIDY / CLEAN
l Inflight Sales
l Assign crew rest period (as required)
Ensure cabin-clearing tasks are conducted
Pass information to Flight Crew, e.g. Safety, Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
Security or Medical case/s (as required) Manual - General Procedures, Chapter 2.
Enter hand over information (via CT)
l Place a hard copy in the VCC area
Ensure CDML is completed (record defect/s - Refer to ISD Operations Part A Inflight Services
except ADD) Policy, Procedures & Requirements, Chapter 10.
Prepare all relevant documents (as required) Refer to ISD Operations Part A Inflight Services
Policy, Procedures & Requirements, Chapter 10; ISD
l Bar Control Report (BCR) Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating Manual -
General Procedures, Chapter 2, 3, 4; ISD Operations
l Cabin Crew Work Injury form Part C Port and Hotel.
l Company mail or item carriage
l Dry Store and Beverage Requisition form

(DSBR)
l GD / crew document, i.e. Passport, CIQ

form, for immigration purpose
l Standard Special Meal - Service Recovery

(Form S)
l Statement form
l Voluntary Upgrade form
Pre-Landing
At top of descent
l P/A from Flight Crew "Cabin Crew, 30 MIN

to landing"
l Insecticide Spraying procedures (as Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
required) Manual - General Procedures, Chapter 3; ISD
Operations Part C Port and Hotel; ISD Operations
n Make P/A - Insecticide Spraying Part B Cabin Crew Passenger Address Handbook.
n Advise Cabin Crew to carry out

Insecticide Spraying procedures

A330-300 (A33E) Page 10
Descent (approximately 15 MIN before landing)
l P/A from Flight Crew "Cabin Crew, prepare

the cabin for landing"
Make P/A - Pre Landing Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew
l Advise Cabin Crew to carry out
Pre-Landing checks
l Turn OFF "Entertainment" - YCL

(applicable to HKG arrival)
l Turn OFF PC POWER
Boarding Music - ON
Check L1 Door Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating

Receive confirmation from SP2 & FP6 that Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
Pre-Landing Checks completed Manual - Safety & Emergency Procedures, Chapter 1.
l Carry out Silent Review

be seated for landing" - ensure cabin is ready for
landing

illuminates GREEN
After Landing - Taxiing

Make P/A - After Landing Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew
Ensure pax are seated until "Fasten Seat Belt"
sign is OFF
Remain in L1 Seat
l Cabin Crew must remain in their crew seat,

with their seat belt & harness fastened,
until the seat belt sign is turned OFF,
except when performing safety related
duties

A330-300 (A33E) Page 11

Before Passenger Disembarkation
When "Fasten Seat Belt" sign is switched OFF Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
l Make P/A for Arrival Door procedures
Carry out door procedures for arrival - L1 Door
l Lift access cover
l Move mode selector to DISARMED
l Insert Safety Pin, ensure Red Streamer

visible
Cross check R1 Door to ensure
l Mode selector in DISARMED
l Safety Pin inserted & Red Streamer visible

FP2

procedures for arrival are completed
L1 Door - opening by ground staff
l Give "thumbs up" confirmation to ground

staff when the door is ready to be opened
Hand over documents / information to ground Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
staff / catering contractor (as required) Manual - General Procedures, Chapter 2, 3, 4; ISD
l Special handling pax - Deportee / YPTA
etc.
l No. of WCHR / MAAS pax
l Bar Control Report (BCR)

(DSBR)


(Form S)
Disembarkation Position - L1 Door area
l Bid farewell to pax

A330-300 (A33E) Page 12
After Passenger Disembarkation

Confirm with ground staff when all pax have
disembarked
Press CABIN READY button & ensure it

illuminates GREY (as required)
Advise Cabin Crew to carry out After Landing Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
checks Manual - General Procedures, Chapter 2, 4.

from SP2 & FP6 that After Landing Checks
completed
l Complete Form F if left over item is found
Remind Galley Pursers to turn OFF chillers &

galley powers (applicable to long transit /
terminating station)
Collect Cabin Crew Operational Checklists &

stow in the Flight File (applicable to overnight /
l Stow Flight File in an appropriate container

& seal (applicable to HKG arrival)
VCC
l Perform CLOSE FLIGHT procedures
l Turn OFF "Master Power" (applicable to

HKG arrival)
[ Record potable water quantity in CDML Refer to ISD Operations Part A Inflight Services
Policy, Procedures & Requirements, Chapter 10.]
Reconfirm with Galley Pursers that chillers &

galley powers are OFF (applicable to long transit
/ terminating station)

A330-300 (A33E) Page 13
Transit
Turn ON "PC POWER"
Advise Flight Crew if pax remain onboard
Ensure regulations are observed Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
Manual - Safety & Emergency Procedures, Chapter 1,
l Safety 2; ISD Operations Part C Port and Hotel.
n No smoking
n Exits and aisles - clear of baggage/s
n If door is open and passenger steps

are not available, secure the door
with Door Warning Strap and ensure
that the door is guarded by a Cabin
Crew
l Fuelling
l Customs
Carry out Transit Pax Headcount procedures, as Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
required Manual - General Procedures, Chapter 2; Safety &
(Applicable to Inbound Crew when Crew change Emergency Procedures, Chapter 1.
occurs)
l Ensure pax are seated
l Ensure all toilets - UNOCCUPIED
Make P/A for Cabin Security checks or Security Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew
Check with Transit Pax Onboard, as required Passenger Address Handbook.
(Applicable to Outbound Crew when Crew
change occurs)
Carry out Cabin Security checks - as per Pre Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
Take-Off Cabin Security checks Manual - General Procedures, Chapter 2; Safety &
(Applicable to Outbound Crew when Crew Emergency Procedures, Chapter 1.
change occurs)

Cabin Security Checks completed

boarding


Reverse side blank

SP2 (L2) ISD OPS PART B Section 2
A330-300 (A33E) Page 1
SP2

visible
l L2 Seat Area / Compt
A. BCF
B. Life Jacket
C. Manual Release Tool
[D. Pocket Mask and Gloves Kit x2
E. Torch
l Centre Stowage S2CR
A. AED
l Stowage E2L
A. Megaphone
B. O2 x2
C. PBE x2
D. Radio Beacon
l O/head Compt Fwd of Door
A. CRD / Ext-Deactivation Seat Belt x12
B. First Aid Kit
Receive confirmation from FP2, FP8 & J1
l Report to ISM - JCL Emergency

Equipment Checks completed

A330-300 (A33E) Page 2

Upon the following checks, give feedbacks to
ISM via P/A or Interphone regarding:
l ISM P/A sound quality and volume
l ISM Interphone serviceability check
l Flight Crew P/A sound quality & volume
Check Dr 1 SVC CTR to ensure items onboard:
l Aerosol Insecticide Cans (as applicable) Refer to ISD Operations Part C Port and Hotel.
l Toilets L11 & L14 - check / dress with Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
toiletries & amenities Manual - General Procedures, Chapter 1.
l Inflight manuals in green bags sealed; if

seal is broken, check contents i.e.
n ISD Operations Part A Inflight

Services Policy, Procedures &
Requirements
n ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew

Operating Manual:
u General Procedures
u A330-300 (A33E)
u Safety and Emergency

Procedures
n Corporate Policy Manual

"Non-discrimination on the Basis of
Disability in Air Travel"
n Minimum Cabin Crew Operational

Checklists (A33E)
n Safety Demo Ann. Card
n 4 sets of:
u Security Search Checklist -

Cabin
u Suspected Bomb Onboard

Checklist
u Least Risk Bomb Location

(LRBL) Cabin Preparation
Checklist
n Oxygen Mask Layout Chart
Note: If any missing, report to ISM &

Flight Crew

A330-300 (A33E) Page 3
Check followings to ensure items onboard:
l Amenity Kits (as applicable) - Dr 2 SVC Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
CTR Manual - General Procedures, Chapter 5.
l CRS - o/head compt of 21A Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
Video checks for VIDEO Safety Demonstration
l Upon ISM advise, check sound / picture

quality & serviceability of PTVs / monitors
(as applicable) - LHS Fwd JCL cabin
l Supervise checks in JCL cabin and receive

feedbacks from FP8 & J1
l Report video status to ISM
Cabin Cleaning checks / Dressing standards Refer to Chapter 1 Section 3.
l Upon ISM advise, carry out checks - LHS

Fwd JCL cabin
l Supervise checks in JCL and receive

confirmation from FP2, FP8 & J1
l Notify ISM if any area/s require further

cleaning
Attend to Flight Crew requirements if FP is

engaged with ground preparations
Ground preparation for service Refer to ISD Inflight Service Manual and Service
Matrix.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 4

Security checks.
Upon ISM advise, ensure no unauthorized Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
personnel onboard Manual - Safety & Emergency Procedures, Chapter 1.
Carry out Cabin Security checks - LHS Fwd JCL

cabin
l All closets / compts / stowage (C1CL,

S1CL, S1L, E2L, S1CA)
n Stowage S1CA - blue seal intact Refer to Chapter 1 Section 3.
l All o/head compts
l All seats including:
n Behind the seats
n Behind PTVs
u Keep window seat PTVs

deployed after check
n Life jacket stowage
n Literature pockets
n Ottomans
n Shoe lockers
u Keep doors closed after check
n Side cabinets
n Side storages & water bottle holders
n Table stowage
l L2 Seat
Supervise checks and receive confirmation from

FP2, FP8 & J1
l Report to ISM - JCL Cabin Security

Checks completed

A330-300 (A33E) Page 5


boarded

leave the aircraft

Close L2 Door Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
l Ensure doorsill area has no debris & door
safety strap fully retracted into the door
frame

obtain permission from the Capt &
inform ISM
Carry out on-ground service Refer to ISD Inflight Service Manual and Service
Matrix.
Provide CRD / Ext-Deactivation Seat Belt to pax Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
when appropriate Manual - Safety & Emergency Procedures, Chapter 1.
Carry out Pax Headcount procedures when Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
Upon ISM P/A "Before Closing the Aircraft

Door", check JCL area to ensure all pax are
seated, no ground staff is still onboard and
advise ISM accordingly
Upon ISM P/A, carry out door procedures for Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
departure - L2 Door Manual - Safety & Emergency Procedures, Chapter 2.

show LOCKED

Pin & Red Streamer

A330-300 (A33E) Page 6
Receive thumbs up confirmation signal from

FP8
Confirm with ISM that door procedures are

completed
Upon ISM P/A for Safety Demonstration
l Play video
n Ensure correct video source & title is

selected
l Position safety demo equipments in

readiness for LIVE demo

l VIDEO - monitor video & P/A volume Emergency Procedures, Chapter 1.
n Patrol LHS Aft JCL cabin & ensure

window seat PTVs are deployed
n If any PTVs / monitors malfunction:
u Report to ISM
u Carry out LIVE demo
u Ensure Cabin Crew carry out

LIVE demo as required
l Be alert to take up LIVE Safety Demo

Position to physically point the nearest
EXITS
l LIVE Safety Demo Position - 1st row LHS

Aft JCL
Upon ISM P/A, check / secure - LHS Fwd JCL Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
cabin Manual - Safety & Emergency Procedures, Chapter 1.
A. All Pax - SEATED
B. Seat Belts - FASTENED
C. CRD / Ext-Deactivation Seat Belts -

FASTENED
D. Legrests - STOWED
E. PCHs - STOWED
F. PC Power In Use Lights - OFF
G. Seat Back Areas - CLEARED
H. Seats in TTL position - TTL INDICATOR

GREEN or TTL INDICATOR VISIBLE

A330-300 (A33E) Page 7
I. Shoe Lockers - CLOSED
J. Side Cabinets - CLOSED
K. Side Storages & Water Bottle Holders -

CLEARED
L. Surface of Ottomans - CLEARED
M. Tables - STOWED
N. Baby Bassinets - STOWED
O. Cabin Clutters - CLEARED
P. Closets / Stowage - CLOSED / LATCHED
Q. Exits / Aisles - CLEARED
R. Hand Baggages - STOWED
S. O/head Compts - CLOSED / LATCHED
T. PEDs Accessories / Cords - STOWED
U. PEDs (Large) - TURNED OFF / STOWED
V. PEDs (Small) - OFF / "AIRPLANE MODE"
W. Stowage Tops - CLEARED
X. NO SMOKING
[Y. Window Blinds - UP (request pax)]

FP2, FP8 & J1
Report to ISM - JCL Pre Take-Off Checks

completed

cycled and advised by ISM to commence
after take-off duties

A330-300 (A33E) Page 8
After Take-Off
l Carry out Safety checks

from Cabin Crew
l Report to ISM accordingly
Observe cabin temperature and adjust if

required
Set up Baby Bassinet if required Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
Carry out inflight service Refer to ISD Inflight Service Manual, Service Matrix
and Inflight Sales Service Manual.
l Take inflight sales order as appropriate
Carry out cabin-clearing task
Check / clean toilets as frequently as possible Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
Check / close / seal / lock as required
l Amenity Kits (as applicable) Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
l Inflight manuals in green bags

A330-300 (A33E) Page 9
Pre-Landing
Upon ISM P/A, check / secure - LHS Fwd JCL Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
cabin Manual - Safety & Emergency Procedures, Chapter 1,
(as per Pre Take-Off Passenger Onboard) 2.
Check L2 Door

FP2, FP8 & J1
Report to ISM - JCL Pre-Landing Checks

completed

sign is OFF
Remain in L2 Seat

duties

arrival - L2 Door Manual - Safety & Emergency Procedures, Chapter 2.
l Lift access cover

visible

FP8

A330-300 (A33E) Page 10

completed


Carry out After Landing checks for left articles - Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
LHS Fwd JCL cabin Manual - General Procedures, Chapter 2, 4.
l Seats (incl behind & under the seats),

literature pockets, ottomans, shoe lockers,
side cabinets, side storages & water bottle
holders, o/head compts, closets / stowage
& toilets
l If left articles found, hand to ISM and

inform where it was found
Collect & stow CRD / Ext-Deactivation Seat

Belts. Ensure all CRD / Ext-Deactivation Seat
Belts are returned to stowage. If any
discrepancy; e.g. missing, damaged, soiled;
report to ISM

FP2, FP8 & J1
l Report to ISM - JCL After Landing Checks

completed

A330-300 (A33E) Page 11
Transit
n No smoking

Crew
l Fuelling
l Customs
Upon ISM advise, carry out Transit Pax Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
Headcount procedures, as required Manual - General Procedures, Chapter 2; Safety &
occurs)
Upon ISM P/A, carry out Cabin Security checks -

as per Pre Take-Off Cabin Security checks
change occurs.)

FP2, FP8 & J1

Checks completed
Reverse side blank

FP2 (R1) ISD OPS PART B Section 3
A330-300 (A33E) Page 1
FP2

l R1 Door Mode Selector in "DISARMED" and 2.
visible
l R1 Seat, Harness Check serviceability.
l R1 Seat Area / Compt
A. BCF
B. Life Jacket
D. Torch
l Stowage Fwd of Door
A. PBE
C. Splint Pack
Report to SP2 Emergency Equipment Checks

completed

l Catering items - liaise with FP6, inform ISM

& SP2 total number of meals & special
meals information
Turn ON Galley Electrics - Dr 1 SVC CTR Refer to Chapter 1 Section 6.
l Essential electrics (beverage makers,

chillers)
l Non-essential, if required

A330-300 (A33E) Page 2
Cabin Cleaning checks
l Upon ISM advise, carry out checks - Dr 1

SVC CTR
l Report to SP2 checks completed and

inform if any area/s require further cleaning
[ Monitor closing of R1 Door upon completion of Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
catering loading] Manual - Safety & Emergency Procedures, Chapter 2.

frame
Attend to Flight Crew requirements
Matrix.

Security checks.
personnel on board Manual - Safety & Emergency Procedures, Chapter 1.
Carry out Cabin Security checks - Dr 1 SVC

CTR
l All closets / compts / stowage (G1, G1C,

GIL)
l Carts
l Trash bins
l Toilets L11 & L14
n Cabinets
n Compt under sink
n Receptacles
n Trash bin
l R1 Seat
Report to SP2 Cabin Security Checks completed

A330-300 (A33E) Page 3

Boarding Position - R1 Door area Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating

Matrix.
departure - R1 Door Manual - Safety & Emergency Procedures, Chapter 2.

show LOCKED

Pin & Red Streamer
Cross check L1 Door to ensure
l Door locking indicators show "LOCKED"
Give thumbs up confirmation signal to ISM
Upon ISM P/A for Safety Demonstration,

position safety demo equipment in readiness for
LIVE demo

n Patrol LHS Fwd JCL cabin & ensure

u Report to ISM

A330-300 (A33E) Page 4

EXITS

Fwd JCL
Upon ISM P/A, check / secure - Dr 1 SVC CTR Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
l Carts
n Brakes ENGAGED
n Doors CLOSED / SECURED
n Latches ENGAGED
l Containers - CLOSED / SECURED
l Electrics - OFF (except beverage makers,

chillers and in-used ovens)
l Service equipments - STOWED /

SECURED
l Closets / Stowage - CLOSED / LATCHED
l Galley curtains - OPENED & NEATLY

STRAPPED
l Toilets L11 & L14 - UNOCCUPIED /

CLOSED
Report to SP2 Pre Take-Off Checks completed
Take R1 Seat, secure with seat belt & harness

R1 Seat Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating

A330-300 (A33E) Page 5
After Take-Off
l Report to Section Leader accordingly
Observe cabin temperature and report to ISM /

SP if cabin temperature adjustment is required
Turn ON Galley Electrics for service - Dr 1 SVC

CTR
l Containers (labeled commissary)
Pre-Landing
Clear Flight Deck
(as per Pre Take-Off Passenger Onboard) Manual - Safety & Emergency Procedures, Chapter 1,
2.
l Turn OFF - All galley electrics
Note: Chillers shall remain ON only for cart

bays / chilled compts stowed with food
items for onward or return sector/s
Check R1 Door
Report to SP2 Pre-Landing Checks completed

A330-300 (A33E) Page 6

sign is OFF
Remain in R1 Seat

with their seat belt and harness fastened,
duties

arrival - R1 Door Manual - Safety & Emergency Procedures, Chapter 2.
l Lift access cover

visible
Disembarkation Position - R1 Door area

Toilets L11 & L14 Manual - General Procedures, Chapter 2, 4.

Ensure All galley electrics are OFF - Dr 1 SVC

CTR (as per Pre-Landing)
Report to SP2 After Landing Checks completed
R1 Door for catering - give "thumbs up" signal to Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
open the door when applicable Manual - Safety & Emergency Procedures, Chapter 2.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 7
Transit
n No smoking

Crew
l Fuelling
l Customs
occurs)
catering loading Manual - Safety & Emergency Procedures, Chapter 2.

frame
Upon ISM P/A, carry out Cabin Security checks - Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
as per Pre Take-Off Cabin Security checks Manual - General Procedures, Chapter 2; Safety &
change occurs)
Reverse side blank

A330-300 (A33E) Page 1
FP6

visible
l R4 & R4A Seat Areas / Compts
A. BCF
B. Life Jacket x2
D. Torch x2
l Compt Aft of Door
B. CRD / Ext-Deactivation Seat Belt x12
C. Crow Bar
D. Demonstration Kit
E. PBE
F. Splint Pack
l RHS Doghouse
A. O2 x2
l Centre O/head Compt Fwd of Door
A. Floatation Equipment Bag
n If blue seal is broken or missing,

inform ISM & check for the
following items:
1. Baby Floatation Cot x2
2. Infant Life Jacket x10
3. Spare Adult Life Jacket x3

A330-300 (A33E) Page 2
l O/head Compt Fwd of L4 Door
A. Additional Infant Floatation Device

(as required)
Receive confirmation from Y1, Y2, Y3 & Y4
l Report to ISM - YCL Emergency


l Catering items - liaise with FP2

chillers)
l Non-essential , if required
l Upon ISM advise, supervise checks - YCL

cabin
l Receive feedbacks from Y1, Y2, Y3 & Y4

SVC CTR
l Supervise checks in YCL and receive

confirmation from Y1, Y2, Y3 & Y4

cleaning
[ Monitor closing of Door 4 upon completion of Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating

frame
Matrix.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 3

Security checks.

CTR
l All closets / compts / stowage (G5, G5R,

G6, G7, S8)
l Carts
l Trash bins
l R4 & R4A Seats

Y1, Y2, Y3 & Y4
l Report to ISM - YCL Cabin Security

Checks completed

Boarding Position - 1st row RHS Aft YCL cabin Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating

Matrix.

Door", check YCL area to ensure all pax are

A330-300 (A33E) Page 4

show LOCKED

Pin & Red Streamer
Give thumbs up confirmation signal to Y4

l VIDEO - R4 Door area Emergency Procedures, Chapter 1.

l LIVE - R4 Door area
l Carts
n Brakes ENGAGED
n Latches ENGAGED


SECURED

STRAPPED

Y1, Y2, Y3 & Y4
Report to ISM - YCL Pre Take-Off Checks

completed

A330-300 (A33E) Page 5

After Take-Off

from Cabin Crew


CTR
Pre-Landing
2.

Check R4 Door

A330-300 (A33E) Page 6

Y1, Y2, Y3 & Y4
Report to ISM - YCL Pre-Landing Checks

completed

sign is OFF
Remain in R4 Seat

duties

l Lift access cover

visible

A330-300 (A33E) Page 7

Ensure all galley electrics are OFF - Dr 4 SVC Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
CTR (as per Pre-Landing) Manual - General Procedures, Chapter 2, 4.
Ensure all CRD / Ext-Deactivation Seat Belts

(including additional loading) are returned to
stowage. If any discrepancy; e.g. missing,
damaged, soiled; report to ISM

Y1, Y2, Y3 & Y4
l Report to ISM - YCL After Landing Checks

completed
Door 4 for catering - give "thumbs up" signal to Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
Transit
n No smoking

Crew
l Fuelling
l Customs
occurs)

frame

A330-300 (A33E) Page 8
change occurs)

Y1, Y2, Y3 & Y4

Checks completed

A330-300 (A33E) Page 1
FP8

visible
A. Life Jacket
B. Manual Release Tool
C. Torch
A. Inflight Medical Kit
l Stowage E2R
A. H2O
B. O2 x2
C. PBE

completed

l Inflight wheelchair
l PTK Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating

l Security Check Kit x3
l Toilet L36 - check / dress with toiletries & Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
amenities Manual - General Procedures, Chapter 1.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 2

chillers)
l Lights
Upon ISM advise, carry out Insecticide Spraying Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
procedures as required Manual - General Procedures, Chapter 3 and ISD

(as applicable) - Aft JCL cabin
l Report video status to SP2

SVC CTR & Aft JCL cabin


frame
Matrix.

Security checks.

CTR & Aft JCL cabin
l All closets / compts / stowage (G2, S2L,

S2CL, S2CR, S2R, S2RA, S2CA)
n Stowage S2CA - blue seal intact Refer to Chapter 1 Section 3.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 3
l Carts
l Trash bins
l All o/head compts
n Behind the seats
n Behind PTVs

n Ottomans
n Shoe lockers
n Side cabinets
n Table stowage
l Magazine racks
l Toilet L36
n Cabinets
n Compt under sink
n Receptacles
n Trash bin
l R2 Seat

Boarding Position - LHS Fwd JCL cabin Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating

A330-300 (A33E) Page 4

Matrix.

show LOCKED

Pin & Red Streamer
Give thumbs up confirmation signal to SP2

LIVE demo

n Patrol RHS Aft JCL cabin & ensure

u Report to ISM

EXITS
l LIVE Safety Demo Position - 1st row RHS

Aft JCL

A330-300 (A33E) Page 5
l Carts
n Brakes ENGAGED
n Latches ENGAGED
l Electrics OFF - lights

SECURED

STRAPPED
Check / secure - Aft JCL cabin
A. All Pax - SEATED

FASTENED
E. PCHs - STOWED


CLEARED
M. Tables - STOWED
N. Cabin Clutters - CLEARED
O. Closets / Stowage - CLOSED / LATCHED
P. Exits / Aisles - CLEARED
Q. Hand Baggages - STOWED
R. O/head Compts - CLOSED / LATCHED

A330-300 (A33E) Page 6
S. PEDs Accessories / Cords - STOWED
T. PEDs (Large) - TURNED OFF / STOWED
U. PEDs (Small) - OFF / "AIRPLANE MODE"
V. Stowage Tops - CLEARED
W. Toilet L36 - UNOCCUPIED / CLOSED
X. NO SMOKING

After Take-Off

l Bar carts / containers Refer to Cabin Crew Operational Checklist - Bar

Responsibility Chart.
l Containers (labelled commissary)

A330-300 (A33E) Page 7
Pre-Landing
Upon ISM P/A, carry out Insecticide Spraying Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
& Aft JCL cabin Manual - Safety & Emergency Procedures, Chapter 1,

Check R2 Door

sign is OFF
Remain in R2 Seat

duties

l Lift access cover

visible

A330-300 (A33E) Page 8
Proceed to LHS & RHS JCL / YCL cabin divider

after aircraft has come to a complete stop and
the "Fasten Seat Belt" sign is turned OFF
l Close / open both sides curtain between

JCL / YCL cabin

Aft JCL cabin Manual - General Procedures, Chapter 2, 4.

& toilets


Belts
Ensure all galley electrics are OFF - Dr 2 SVC


A330-300 (A33E) Page 9
Transit
n No smoking

Crew
l Fuelling
l Customs
occurs)

frame
change occurs)
Reverse side blank

J1 (L1A) ISD OPS PART B Section 6
A330-300 (A33E) Page 1
J1

Check
l L1A Seat, Harness Check serviceability.

completed

Set up newspaper trolley at L1

(as applicable) - RHS Fwd JCL cabin
l Upon ISM advise, carry out checks - RHS

Fwd JCL cabin

Matrix.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 2

Security checks.
Carry out Cabin Security checks - RHS Fwd JCL

cabin
l All closets / compts / stowage (C1CR,

S1CR, S1R, E2R)
l All o/head compts
n Behind the seats
n Behind PTVs

n Ottomans
n Shoe lockers
n Side cabinets
n Table stowage

Boarding Position - RHS Fwd JCL cabin Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating

A330-300 (A33E) Page 3

Matrix.

LIVE demo

n Patrol RHS Fwd JCL cabin & ensure

u Report to ISM

EXITS

Fwd JCL
Upon ISM P/A, check / secure - RHS Fwd JCL Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
A. All Pax - SEATED

FASTENED
E. PCHs - STOWED


A330-300 (A33E) Page 4

CLEARED
M. Tables - STOWED
X. NO SMOKING
Take L1A Seat, secure with seat belt & harness

L1A Seat Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating

A330-300 (A33E) Page 5
After Take-Off


Pre-Landing
Upon ISM P/A, check / secure - RHS Fwd JCL Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
(as per Pre Take-Off Passenger Onboard)
Take L1A Seat, secure with seat belt, harness

sign is OFF
Remain in L1A Seat

duties

A330-300 (A33E) Page 6


RHS Fwd JCL cabin Manual - General Procedures, Chapter 2, 4.

& toilets


Belts
Transit
n No smoking

Crew
l Fuelling
l Customs

A330-300 (A33E) Page 7
occurs)

change occurs)
Reverse side blank

Y1 (R3) ISD OPS PART B Section 7
A330-300 (A33E) Page 1
Y1

visible
A. Life Jacket
C. Torch
l Stowage Next to R3 Seat
A. H2O
B. O2 x2
C. PBE
A. Demonstration Kit
l Centre Doghouse
A. Biohazard Kit
B. Body Bag
Report to FP6 Emergency Equipment Checks

completed


(as applicable) - RHS Fwd YCL cabin
l Report video status to FP6

A330-300 (A33E) Page 2

Fwd YCL cabin
l Report to FP6 checks completed and

Matrix.

Security checks.
Carry out Cabin Security checks - RHS Fwd

YCL cabin
l All o/head compts
n Amenity storages
n In-arm table stowage
l Doghouses (behind last row)
l Toilets L52, L54 & L62
n Cabinets
n Compt under sink
n Receptacles
n Trash bin
l R3 Seat
Report to FP6 Cabin Security Checks completed

A330-300 (A33E) Page 3

Boarding Position - LHS Aft JCL cabin Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
l Offer welcome drinks, newspapers, towels

etc. in JCL cabin as instructed

Matrix.
l Ensure that the door locking indicator show

LOCKED

Pin & Red Streamer
l Door locking indicator show "LOCKED"

position safety demo equipments in readiness
for LIVE demo

A330-300 (A33E) Page 4

n Patrol RHS Fwd YCL cabin
u Report to ISM

EXITS

Fwd YCL
Upon ISM P/A, check / secure - RHS Fwd YCL Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
A. All Pax - SEATED

FASTENED
D. Amenity Storages - CLEARED
E. Armrests - DOWN
F. PCHs - STOWED / LATCHED
G. PC Power In Use Lights - OFF
H. Seat Backs - UPRIGHT
I. Tables / Cup Holders - STOWED /

LATCHED
J. Baby Bassinet Tables - STOWED /

LATCHED
K. Cabin Clutters - CLEARED
L. Doghouses - CLOSED / LATCHED
M. Exits / Aisles - CLEARED
N. Hand Baggages - STOWED

A330-300 (A33E) Page 5
O. O/head Compts - CLOSED / LATCHED
P. PEDs Accessories / Cords - STOWED
Q. PEDs (Large) - TURNED OFF / STOWED
R. PEDs (Small) - OFF / "AIRPLANE MODE"
S. Toilets L52, L54 & L62 - UNOCCUPIED &

CLOSED
T. NO SMOKING
[U. Window Blinds - UP (request pax)]
Report to FP6 Pre Take-Off Checks completed

After Take-Off

l Assist inflight sales as appropriate


A330-300 (A33E) Page 6
Pre-Landing
Check R3 Door
Report to FP6 Pre-Landing Checks completed

sign is OFF
Remain in R3 Seat

duties

l Lift access cover

visible

A330-300 (A33E) Page 7

RHS Fwd YCL cabin Manual - General Procedures, Chapter 2, 4.
l Seats (incl under the seats), amenity

storages, literature pockets, o/head
compts, closets / stowage & toilets


Belts
Report to FP6 After Landing Checks completed
Transit
n No smoking

Crew
l Fuelling
l Customs
occurs)

change occurs)
Reverse side blank

Y2 (L3) ISD OPS PART B Section 8
A330-300 (A33E) Page 1
Y2

visible
A. BCF
B. Life Jacket
D. Pocket Mask and Gloves Kit
E. Torch
l Stowage Next to L3 Seat
A. O2 x2
B. PBE
B. First Aid Kit
l Centre Doghouse
A. FireSock Kit
[]

completed

Video check for VIDEO Safety Demonstration

(as applicable) - LHS Fwd YCL cabin

A330-300 (A33E) Page 2

Fwd YCL cabin

Matrix.

Security checks.
Carry out Cabin Security checks - LHS Fwd YCL

cabin
l All o/head compts
n Amenity storages
l Toilets L53 & L61
n Cabinets
n Compt under sink
n Receptacles
n Trash bin
l L3 Seat

A330-300 (A33E) Page 3

Boarding Position - 1st row LHS Fwd YCL cabin Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating

Matrix.

LOCKED

Pin & Red Streamer
l Door locking indicator show LOCKED

Y1

completed

for LIVE demo

A330-300 (A33E) Page 4

n Patrol LHS Fwd YCL cabin
u Report to ISM

EXITS
l LIVE Safety Demo Position - LHS row 45
Upon ISM P/A, check / secure - LHS Fwd YCL Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
A. All Pax - SEATED

FASTENED
E. Armrests - DOWN

LATCHED

LATCHED

A330-300 (A33E) Page 5
S. Toilets L53 & L61 - UNOCCUPIED &

CLOSED
T. NO SMOKING

After Take-Off



A330-300 (A33E) Page 6
Pre-Landing
Check L3 Door

sign is OFF
Remain in L3 Seat

duties

l Lift access cover

visible

Y1

completed

A330-300 (A33E) Page 7

LHS Fwd YCL cabin Manual - General Procedures, Chapter 2, 4.



Belts
Transit
n No smoking

Crew
l Fuelling
l Customs
occurs)

change occurs)
Reverse side blank

Y3 (R4A) ISD OPS PART B Section 9
A330-300 (A33E) Page 1
Y3

Check
l R4A Seat, Harness Check serviceability.

completed


(as applicable) - RHS Aft YCL cabin
Note: Stow in-arm PTVs after video checks

and prior to passenger boarding

Aft YCL cabin

Matrix.

Security checks.
Carry out Cabin Security checks - RHS Aft YCL

cabin
l All closets / compts / stowage (adjacent to

R3 crew seat)

A330-300 (A33E) Page 2
l All o/head compts
n Amenity storages

Boarding Position - 1st row RHS Fwd YCL cabin Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating

Matrix.

l Deploy in-arm PTVs for VIDEO safety

demo if seat is occupied & wall mounted
monitor is unserviceable

n Patrol RHS Aft YCL cabin
u Report to ISM

A330-300 (A33E) Page 3

EXITS

Aft YCL
Upon ISM P/A, check / secure - RHS Aft YCL Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
A. All Pax - SEATED

FASTENED
E. Armrests - DOWN
F. In-arm PTVs - STOWED / SECURED
G. PCHs - STOWED / LATCHED
H. PC Power In Use Lights - OFF
I. Seat Backs - UPRIGHT
J. Tables / Cup Holders - STOWED /

LATCHED
K. Baby Bassinet Tables - STOWED /

LATCHED
L. Cabin Clutters - CLEARED
M. Closets / Stowage - CLOSED / LATCHED
N. Doghouses - CLOSED / LATCHED
O. Exits / Aisles - CLEARED
P. Hand Baggages - STOWED
Q. O/head Compts - CLOSED / LATCHED
R. PEDs Accessories / Cords - STOWED
S. PEDs (Large) - TURNED OFF / STOWED
T. PEDs (Small) - OFF / "AIRPLANE MODE"
U. NO SMOKING
[V. Window Blinds - UP (request pax)]
Take R4A Seat, secure with seat belt & harness

A330-300 (A33E) Page 4

R4A Seat Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
After Take-Off

l Conduct inflight sales by 'cart-on-aisle'
after meal service as appropriate

Pre-Landing
Upon ISM P/A, check / secure - RHS Aft YCL Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
Take R4A Seat, secure seat belt, harness

A330-300 (A33E) Page 5

sign is OFF
Remain in R4A Seat

duties


RHS Aft YCL cabin Manual - General Procedures, Chapter 2, 4.



Belts

A330-300 (A33E) Page 6
Transit
n No smoking

Crew
l Fuelling
l Customs
occurs)

change occurs)

A330-300 (A33E) Page 1
Y4

visible
l L4 & L4A Seats, Harnesses Check serviceability.
A. BCF
B. Life Jacket x2
[D. Pocket Mask and Gloves Kit x2]
E. Torch x2
l Compt Aft of Door
C. First Aid Kit
D. Megaphone
E. PBE
F. Protective Gloves
G. Radio Beacon
l Under Last Row Pax Seats
A. O2 x2

following items:

A330-300 (A33E) Page 2
l Behind Last Row of Centre Seats
A. PBE

completed

l Sharps box (Dr 4 SVC CTR)
l Toilets L52, L53, L54, L61 & L62 - check / Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
dress with toiletries & amenities Manual - General Procedures, Chapter 1.

(as applicable) - LHS Aft YCL cabin


Aft YCL cabin

Matrix.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 3

Security checks.
Carry out Cabin Security checks - LHS Aft YCL

cabin

L3 crew seat)
l All o/head compts
n Amenity storages
l L4 & L4A Seats

Boarding Position - 1st row LHS Aft YCL cabin Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating

Matrix.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 4

show "LOCKED"

Pin & Red Streamer
l Move mode selector to "ARMED"

FP6

completed



n Patrol LHS Aft YCL cabin
u Report to ISM

EXITS
l LIVE - LHS row 66

A330-300 (A33E) Page 5
Upon ISM P/A, check / secure - LHS Aft YCL Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
A. All Pax - SEATED

FASTENED
E. Armrests - DOWN

LATCHED

LATCHED
N. Exits / Aisles - CLEARED
O. Hand Baggages - STOWED
P. O/head Compts - CLOSED / LATCHED
Q. PEDs Accessories / Cords - STOWED
R. PEDs (Large) - TURNED OFF / STOWED
S. PEDs (Small) - OFF / "AIRPLANE MODE"
T. NO SMOKING

A330-300 (A33E) Page 6

After Take-Off


Pre-Landing
Check L4 Door
l Mode selector in "ARMED"

A330-300 (A33E) Page 7

sign is OFF
Remain in L4 Seat

duties

l Lift access cover

visible

FP6

completed

A330-300 (A33E) Page 8

LHS Aft YCL cabin Manual - General Procedures, Chapter 2, 4.



Belts
Transit
n No smoking

Crew
l Fuelling
l Customs
occurs)

change occurs)

[BD Cathay Pacific Airways Limited Chapter 2
ISD OPS PART B Section 11
A330-300 (A33E) Page 1
BD
(Crew station to be assigned by ISM)

Check
l Vacant Crew Seat, Harness (to be Check serviceability.

assigned by ISM)

Check
l Saleable bar carts / compartments Refer to Inflight Sales Service Manual.
l Carry out Sign-on procedures (ground

preparation)

Security checks.
Continue Security checks for saleable bar items, Refer to Inflight Sales Service Manual.
if needed
Once completed and if time allows, assist / share Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
the tasks of Cabin Security checks as required Manual - Safety & Emergency Procedures, Chapter 1.
Report to Section Leader Cabin Security Checks

completed

Continue Security checks for saleable bar items, Refer to Inflight Sales Service Manual.
if needed
Boarding Position (if required) Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating

A330-300 (A33E) Page 2

Walk around the cabin with 'Discover the Shop' Refer to Inflight Sales Service Manual.
magazine on hand to promote inflight sales and
collect order forms, if any
Once completed and if time allows, assist with Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
Pre Take-Off checks as required Manual - Safety & Emergency Procedures, Chapter 1.
l Ensure saleable bar carts / compartments

are secured
Report to Section Leader Pre Take-Off Checks

completed
Take Vacant Crew Seat, secure with seat belt &

harness

Vacant Crew Seat Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
After Take-Off
Carry out inflight sales by 'cart-on-aisle' after Refer to Inflight Sales Service Manual.
meal service as appropriate
Once completed and if time allows, report to Refer to ISD Inflight Service Manual and Service
Section Leader inflight sales completed and Matrix.
assist with inflight service as required
Pre-Landing
Check / close / seal / lock as required Refer to Inflight Sales Service Manual.
l Sales carts / compartments
Once completed and If time allows, assist with Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
Pre-Landing checks as required Manual - Safety & Emergency Procedures, Chapter 1.
Report to Section Leader Pre-Landing Checks

completed
Take Vacant Crew Seat, secure with seat belt &

harness

A330-300 (A33E) Page 3

sign is OFF
Remain in Vacant Crew Seat
l Cabin Crew must remain in their crew seat

duties

Disembarkation Position - Vacant Crew Seat
area

Assist as required
l Carry out After Landing checks for left Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
articles Manual - General Procedures, Chapter 2, 4.
n If left articles found, hand to ISM and

l Report to Section Leader After Landing

Checks completed
Return saleable bar key to ISM
Transit
Depending on local Customs regulations, ensure Refer to ISD Operations Part C Port and Hotel.
the saleable bar carts / compartments are
properly locked and sealed during transit

A330-300 (A33E) Page 4
Gentle Reminder
Safeguard the bar at all times
l Lock & seal during rest period / transit at the end of the flight or if you will be leaving the galley for a long
time.
l Ensure the shackle of the lock goes through the hole in the grey padlock seal in order to firmly secure
the sales cart doors and containers.
l Always check the "must check" items before conducting sales. If there is any irregularity, please record on
the Inflight Sales Log / handheld and report to the section leader / ISM.
Liquid, Aerosols, Gels Restrictions (LAG)
l Always ask passengers if they have transit before deciding whether or not to sell LAG, and whether there is
a need to pack LAG in tamper evident (TE) bag. Automatically packing LAG items in a tamper-evident bag
does not necessarily exempt passengers from having their LAG being confiscated at the security
checkpoint.
l Always refer to the 'Inflight Sales Handling Guideline for Liquid, Aerosols, Gels (LAG) items' in the bar file if
you are in doubt.
l Remember to scan the barcode of the TE bag and make sure it is shown on the receipt.
l Tear off the bottom part of the TE bag and return it to the brown envelope together with the bar payment.
Cart-On-Aisle Service
l Conduct cart-on-aisle service with your team partner after meal service and whenever there is at least 45
minutes before the "fasten seat belt sign" is switched on.
l If time does not allow, walk down the aisle slowly with magazine on hands together with a few inflight sales
items if possible.
l Maintain eye contact with passengers.
Authorisation Code for Credit Card Payment
l Use Airfone to call *88 / *89 for authorisation code whenever the purchase amount is HK$2,000 or above
(for VISA / Mastercard / JCB / CUP / AE only). Alternatively, you can call (852) 8101 0562/0571
l Merchant code for VISA / Mastercard /JCB - 010 667 067
l Merchant code for CUP card - 011 667 066
l Merchant code for AE card - 981 670 4159
l Ask ISM for the phone no for obtaining authorisation code for AE / Diners transactions if necessary (refer to
Flight File).
l If you are highly suspicious of receiving a fraud credit card or counterfeit cash notes, politely turn down the
purchase request. Report the incident to your section leader/ISM.
Bar Payment Submission
l Submit bar payment to Room 5Z502 (G20 office) after each landing at HKG
l Bar payment includes sales summary / pay-in slip / cash / credit card slips / vouchers. For shopping
coupons and promotional materials such as scratch card, please return via bar file.

[Minimum Crew Complement Cathay Pacific Airways Limited Chapter 3
A330-300 (A33E) Page 1
Table of Contents

ISM (L1)
Pre Take-Off During Passenger Boarding. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-5
After Take-Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-8
Pre-Landing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-9
Transit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-12

A330-300 (A33E) Page 2
SP2 (L2)
After Take-Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-8
Pre-Landing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-9
Transit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-11

A330-300 (A33E) Page 3
FP2 (R1)
After Take-Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-5
Pre-Landing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-5
Transit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3-7

A330-300 (A33E) Page 4
FP6 (R4)
After Take-Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-7
Pre-Landing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-7
Transit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4-9

A330-300 (A33E) Page 5
J1 (R2)
After Take-Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5-6
Pre-Landing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5-6
Transit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5-8

A330-300 (A33E) Page 6
Y1 (R3)
After Take-Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6-5
Pre-Landing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6-6
Transit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6-7

A330-300 (A33E) Page 7
Y2 (L3)
After Take-Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7-5
Pre-Landing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7-6
Transit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7-7

A330-300 (A33E) Page 8
Y4 (L4)
After Take-Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8-6
Pre-Landing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8-6
Transit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8-8

A330-300 (A33E) Page 9
Cabin Crew Duties And Responsibilities

MINIMUM Crew Complement refers to the number of Quick Reference Chart
Cabin Crew required to man every exit, i.e. one Cabin Cabin Crew Per Section
Crew per door, in compliance with Hong Kong Civil
Aviation Department. The Minimum Crew ISM
Complement for A33E is 8. Drs 1 & 2 SVC CTR - J SP2+
Class FP2
Pre-Flight Briefing J1 (3)
Dr 4 SVC CTR - Y Class FP6+
The Inflight Service Manager (ISM) is responsible at Y1
the pre-flight briefing for assigning each Cabin Crew Y2
their positions. The ISM shall distribute the Cabin Y4 (4)
Crew Operational Checklists (CCOC) accordingly.
+ SP2 : Supervise J Cabin
Cabin Crew Position Door Station FP6 : Supervise Y Cabin
ISM L1
SP2 L2
FP2 R1
FP6 R4
J1 R2
Y1 R3
Y2 L3
Y4 L4
There must be no deviation from the correlation of

door station and category without prior approval from
the ISM.
The ISM shall collect all CCOCs at the end of the

flight.
The specific duties and responsibilities assigned to

Cabin Crew together with amplification are detailed in
this chapter.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 10
A33E (Minimum)
(39/223)
FP2 J1 Y1 VACANT FP6

(R1) (R2) (R3) (R4A) (R4)
R1 R2 R3 R4
E2R
39K 40K 41K 42K 43K 44K 45K 46K 47K 48K 49K S 69K 70K
59K 60K 61K 62K 63K 64K 65K 66K 67K 68K 71K
S2R
DH
72K
L-14 S2RA 69H
DH
72H 73H 74H
G1 G6
S2CL S2CR
11G 12G 14G 15G 16G 17G 18G 19G 20G 21G B
S1CL S1CR
73G 74G 75G

L-62 72G
C1C
S2CA
S1CA
G2
DH
G5 S8
L-11 G7
73C 74C 75C
B S1L
VCC
11A 12A 14A 15A 16A 17A 18A 19A 20A 21A
DH
73A 74A 75A
E2L S
L1 L2 L3 L4
(L1) (L1A) (L2) (L3) (L4A) (L4)

ISM VACANT SP2 Y2 VACANT Y4
CREW STATION
ISM FP6
FP2 J1 Y1
R1 R2 R3 R4
E2R
39K 40K 41K 42K 43K 44K 45K 46K 47K 48K 49K S 69K 70K
59K 60K 61K 62K 63K 64K 65K 66K 67K 68K 71K
S2R
DH
72K
L-14 S2RA 69H
DH
72H 73H 74H
G1 G6
S2CL S2CR
11G 12G 14G 15G 16G 17G 18G 19G 20G 21G B
S1CL S1CR
73G 74G 75G

L-62 72G
C1C
S2CA
S1CA
G2
DH
G5 S8
L-11 G7
73C 74C 75C
S1L
VCC
B 11A 12A 14A 15A 16A 17A 18A 19A 20A 21A
DH
73A 74A 75A

E2L S
L1 L2 L3 L4
SP2 Y2 Y4
BASIC AREA OF RESPONSIBILITIES
FP2 Y1 FP6
R1 R2 R3 R4
E2R
39K 40K 41K 42K 43K 44K 45K 46K 47K 48K 49K S 69K 70K
59K 60K 61K 62K 63K 64K 65K 66K 67K 68K 71K
DH
S2R
72K
L-14 S2RA 69H
DH
72H 73H 74H
G1 G6
S2CL S2CR
11G 12G 14G 15G 16G 17G 18G 19G 20G 21G B
S1CL S1CR
73G 74G 75G

L-62 72G
C1C
S2CA
S1CA
G2
DH
G5 S8
L-11 G7
73C 74C 75C
B S1L
VCC
11A 12A 14A 15A 16A 17A 18A 19A 20A 21A
DH
73A 74A 75A

E2L S
L1 L2 L3 L4
ISM J1 SP2 Y2 Y4
PASSENGER BOARDING POSITION

A330-300 (A33E) Page 11
A33E (Minimum)
(39/223)
*^J1 *Y1 #*FP6

R1 R2 R3 R4
E2R
39K 40K 41K 42K 43K 44K 45K 46K 47K 48K 49K S 69K 70K
59K 60K 61K 62K 63K 64K 65K 66K 67K 68K 71K
DH
S2R
72K
L-14 S2RA 69H
DH
72H 73H 74H
G1 G6
S2CL S2CR
11G 12G 14G 15G 16G 17G 18G 19G 20G 21G B
S1CL S1CR
73G 74G 75G

L-62 72G
C1C
S2CA
S1CA
G2
DH
G5 S8
L-11 G7
73C 74C 75C
B S1L
VCC
11A 12A 14A 15A 16A 17A 18A 19A 20A 21A
DH
73A 74A 75A
E2L S
L1 L2 L3 L4
ISM *^FP2 *^SP2 *Y2 #*Y4

# Deploy in-arm PTVs for VIDEO
safety demo if seat is occupied &
wall mounted monitor is unserviceable.
* Patrol cabin to monitor video
^ Ensure window seat PTVs are
deployed.
VIDEO SAFETY DEMONSTRATION POSITION
J1 Y1 FP6
R1 R2 R3 R4
E2R
39K 40K 41K 42K 43K 44K 45K 46K 47K 48K 49K S 69K 70K
59K 60K 61K 62K 63K 64K 65K 66K 67K 68K 71K
DH
S2R
72K
L-14 S2RA 69H
DH
72H 73H 74H
G1 G6
S2CL S2CR
11G 12G 14G 15G 16G 17G 18G 19G 20G 21G B
S1CL S1CR
73G 74G 75G

L-62 72G
C1C
S2CA
S1CA
G2
DH
G5 S8
L-11 G7
73C 74C 75C
S1L
VCC
B 11A 12A 14A 15A 16A 17A 18A 19A 20A 21A
DH
73A 74A 75A

E2L S
L1 L2 L3 L4
ISM FP2 SP2 Y2 Y4

(Row 45) (Row 66)
LIVE SAFETY DEMONSTRATION / EXIT POINTING POSITION
FP2 *J1 Y1 FP6

R1 R2 R3 R4
E2R
39K 40K 41K 42K 43K 44K 45K 46K 47K 48K 49K S 69K 70K
59K 60K 61K 62K 63K 64K 65K 66K 67K 68K 71K
DH
S2R
72K
L-14 S2RA 69H
DH
72H 73H 74H
G1 G6
S2CL S2CR
11G 12G 14G 15G 16G 17G 18G 19G 20G 21G B
S1CL S1CR
73G 74G 75G

L-62 72G
C1C
S2CA
S1CA
G2
DH
G5 S8
L-11 G7
73C 74C 75C
B S1L
VCC
11A 12A 14A 15A 16A 17A 18A 19A 20A 21A
DH
73A 74A 75A

E2L S
L1 L2 L3 L4
ISM SP2 Y2 Y4
* Close / open curtains (LH & RH)
PASSENGER DISEMBARKATION POSITION
Reverse side blank

A330-300 (A33E) Page 1
ISM

visible
A. BCF
B. Emergency ANN Card In position.
C. Life Jacket x2
D. Manual Release Tool
E. Megaphone
F. O2
G. Pocket Mask and Gloves Kit
H. Spare Oxygen Mask
I. Torch x2
l G1L Side Compt
A. First Aid Kit
B. PBE
l VCC
A. Restraint Kit

Emergency Equipment Checks completed
Report any defect/s or shortage/s (except ADD)

to ground engineer

A330-300 (A33E) Page 2

Liaise with Flight Crew
l Time when Capts Welcome P/A to be

made
l Flight time
l Taxi time
l Time for Fuelling operation
Check - FAP (Forward Attendant Panel), report

any irregularity to ground engineer
l PNL LIGHT TEST button - press to check

serviceability of the LCD and integrated
light of the push buttons
l CIDS CAUT (caution) light - if flashing,

select System Check page. Note defect/s
and advise ground engineer
l Water Quantity
n 100% :
Long Haul vv, Australia vv, Middle
East vv, AKL vv, BKK-CMB, CGK,
DEL, DPS vv, HKG-BOM,
HKG-TPE-NRT vv, HYD, KHI, MAA,
PEN
n 75% :
BKK-BOM, CEB, CTS vv, FUK vv,
HND vv, ICN vv, KIX vv, KUL vv,
NGO vv, NRT vv, SGN, SIN vv,
SIN-CMB, SUB vv
n 50% :
Other Regional vv, YVR-JFK vv
Note: No Water uplift : BOM, CEB, CMB,

CGK, DEL, HYD, KHI, MAA, PEN &
SGN
l Waste Tank Display for both L & R tanks -

EMPTY without intermittent or fluctuating
reading
l Cabin / Mood Lighting System
n Select setting / scenario for all cabins
n Artwork Lights
l Adjust cabin / mood lighting as per Lighting Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating

Minimum Crew Complement Cathay Pacific Airways Limited Chapter 3
A330-300 (A33E) Page 3
Check L1 P/A serviceability

Check L1 Interphone serviceability
l Call all doors and receive feedback from

Cabin Crew
Flight Crew P/A serviceability check

l Advise Flight Crew
Video Control Centre (VCC)
l Turn ON "Master Power"
l Turn ON PC POWER
l Perform OPEN FLIGHT procedures
Safety Video checks
l Advise Cabin Crew to carry out Safety

Video checks
l Play video
n Select correct video source & title

regarding picture, sound quality and
volume
n Adjust volume if required
Pre-programme recorded announcement/s if

required
Boarding Music - ON
Check Cabin Defect Maintenance Log (CDML) Refer to ISD Operations Part A Inflight Services
Policy, Procedures & Requirements, Chapter 10.
l ADD record sheet (grey & pink pages) -
follow up with ground engineer if required
l Report any defect/s (except ADD) to

ground engineer
[ Record potable water quantity in CDML]
Advise Cabin Crew to carry out Insecticide Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
Spraying procedures as required Manual - General Procedures, Chapter 3 and ISD

A330-300 (A33E) Page 4
Advise Cabin Crew to carry out Cabin Cleaning Refer to ISD Operations Part A Inflight Services
checks Policy, Procedures & Requirements, Chapter 10.
l Sign Cabin Cleaning Checklist
Receive catering information from Galley

Pursers and liaise with ground staff / caterer as
required
l Sign "Catering List Form"
Liaise with ground staff
l Pax boarding time
l No. and gender of Cabin Crew
l No. of Flight Crew
l Seat assignment of personnel on GD as

required
n Inform concerned personnel
Receive documents / special information from

ground staff and distribute to Section Leaders as
required
l CIQ form Refer to ISD Operations Part C Port and Hotel.
l Form of Indemnity
l GD (ex Outport)
l Inflight : Special Handling List
l Inflight : Staff & LATE SPML List
l Onboard Service List
l Reflex Satchel
l Seating Pictorial

A330-300 (A33E) Page 5

Security checks.
Make P/A for Cabin Security checks
"Attention to all ground staff, catering personnel

& cleaners, the Cabin Crew are about to conduct
the cabin security checks, so we ask you to
please leave the aircraft now. Thank you. Cabin
Crew, cabin security checks please."
Ensure no unauthorized personnel onboard Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
Carry out Cabin Security checks
l VCC all stowage
l L1 & L1A Seats
Supervise checks & receive confirmation from

SP2 & FP6 that Cabin Security Checks
completed
l Sign "Security Checklist" form if applicable

boarding



l Accept special handling pax, e.g. YPTA,
WHCR pax etc. Advise Section Leader/s
concerned

boarded

leave the aircraft
Make P/A - Overhead Compartment Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew

A330-300 (A33E) Page 6

Carry out Pax Headcount procedures if informed Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
by ground staff or Flight Crew Manual - General Procedures, Chapter 2; Safety &
Inform Flight Crew the number & location of Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
special handling pax Manual - General Procedures, Chapter 4; Safety &
Prior to closing last cabin door (L1/L2) Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
l Ensure fuelling process is completed ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Passenger
Address Handbook.
l Make P/A - Before Closing the Aircraft
Door
l Upon confirmation from Section Leaders,

inform ground staff that the last cabin door
will be closed
l Check to ensure doorsill area has no

debris & door safety strap fully retracted
into the door frame
Close last cabin door (L1 / L2)

obtain permission from the Capt
Boarding Music - OFF
Make P/A - Welcome Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew

Make P/A for Pre Take-Off Door procedures Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
Carry out door procedures for departure - L1

Door

show LOCKED

Pin & Red Streamer
Cross check R1 door to ensure

A330-300 (A33E) Page 7

FP2

procedures for departure are completed

l Make P/A Emergency Procedures, Chapter 1; ISD Operations
Part B Cabin Crew Passenger Address Handbook.
l VIDEO - L1 Door area
n Ensure correct safety video

demonstration is played
n If video is inoperative in any area of

cabin, ensure Cabin Crew carry out
LIVE demo
l LIVE - L1 Door area
Advise Cabin Crew to carry out Pre Take-Off

checks
l Turn ON "Entertainment"
l Turn OFF PC POWER
Receive confirmation from SP2 & FP6 that Pre Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
Take-Off Checks completed Manual - Safety & Emergency Procedures, Chapter 1.

be seated for take-off" - ensure cabin is ready
for take-off

illuminates GREEN

cycled and it is safe to commence after
take-off duties

A330-300 (A33E) Page 8
After Take-Off
CLIMB : "Fasten Seat Belt" sign is cycled
l If condition is safe for Cabin Crew to leave

their seats to commence duties, advise
Cabin Crew via interphone (Dial INTPH +
ALL)
Make P/A - After Take-Off Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew
VCC
l Turn ON PC POWER
l Send Seat Message/s as required
l Cabin ACARS
n Check incoming message/s

periodically
n Send outgoing message/s (as

required)
l Make P/A - Turbulence ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Passenger
Address Handbook.
from SP2 & FP6 that Cabin Checks
completed
l Report to Flight Crew - Cabin Checks

completed
Observe cabin temperature & adjust if required
Welcome & greet (before drink / meal service Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
commences) Manual - General Procedures, Chapter 4.
l JCL & YCL : DM Plus, DM Invitation, DM &

oneworld Emerald members
l JCL & YCL : GO, SL & oneworld members

(Sapphire, Ruby)
n Assign to respective Section Leader/s
Distribute / delegate Cabin Crew for distribution Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
of survey forms (if applicable) Manual - General Procedures, Chapter 3.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 9
Supervise inflight service Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
Manual - General Procedures, Chapter 3; ISD Inflight
l Cocktail & meal service Service Manual; Service Matrix.
l Cabins / galleys / toilets - TIDY / CLEAN
l Assign crew rest period (as required)
Ensure cabin-clearing tasks are conducted
Pass information to Flight Crew, e.g. Safety, Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
Security or Medical case/s (as required) Manual - General Procedures, Chapter 2.
Enter hand over information (via CT)
l Place a hard copy in the VCC area
Ensure CDML is completed (record defect/s - Refer to ISD Operations Part A Inflight Services
except ADD) Policy, Procedures & Requirements, Chapter 10.
Prepare all relevant documents (as required) Refer to ISD Operations Part A Inflight Services
Policy, Procedures & Requirements, Chapter 10; ISD
l Bar Control Report (BCR) Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating Manual -
General Procedures, Chapter 2, 3, 4; ISD Operations
l Cabin Crew Work Injury form Part C Port and Hotel.

(DSBR)


(Form S)
l Statement form
l Voluntary Upgrade form
Pre-Landing
At top of descent
l P/A from Flight Crew "Cabin Crew, 30 MIN

to landing"
l Insecticide Spraying procedures (as Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
required) Manual - General Procedures, Chapter 3; ISD
Operations Part C Port and Hotel; ISD Operations
n Make P/A - Insecticide Spraying Part B Cabin Crew Passenger Address Handbook.
n Advise Cabin Crew to carry out

Insecticide Spraying procedures

A330-300 (A33E) Page 10
Descent (approximately 15 MIN before landing)
l P/A from Flight Crew "Cabin Crew, prepare

the cabin for landing"
Make P/A - Pre Landing Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew
l Advise Cabin Crew to carry out
Pre-Landing checks
l Turn OFF "Entertainment" - YCL

(applicable to HKG arrival)
l Turn OFF PC POWER
Boarding Music - ON
Check L1 Door Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating

Receive confirmation from SP2 & FP6 that Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
Pre-Landing Checks completed Manual - Safety & Emergency Procedures, Chapter 1.

be seated for landing" - ensure cabin is ready for
landing

illuminates GREEN

Make P/A - After Landing Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew
sign is OFF
Remain in L1 Seat

duties

A330-300 (A33E) Page 11

When "Fasten Seat Belt" sign is switched OFF Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
l Make P/A for Arrival Door procedures
Carry out door procedures for arrival - L1 Door
l Lift access cover

visible

FP2

procedures for arrival are completed

Hand over documents / information to ground Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
staff / catering contractor (as required) Manual - General Procedures, Chapter 2, 3, 4; ISD
l Special handling pax - Deportee / YPTA
etc.
l No. of WCHR / MAAS pax
l Bar Control Report (BCR)

(DSBR)


(Form S)

A330-300 (A33E) Page 12

Confirm with ground staff when all pax have
disembarked
Press CABIN READY button & ensure it

illuminates GREY (as required)
Advise Cabin Crew to carry out After Landing Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
checks Manual - General Procedures, Chapter 2, 4.

from SP2 & FP6 that After Landing Checks
completed
l Complete Form F if left over item is found
Remind Galley Pursers to turn OFF chillers &

galley powers (applicable to long transit /
Collect Cabin Crew Operational Checklists &

stow in the Flight File (applicable to overnight /
l Stow Flight File in an appropriate container

& seal (applicable to HKG arrival)
VCC
l Perform CLOSE FLIGHT procedures
l Turn OFF "Master Power" (applicable to

HKG arrival)
[ Record potable water quantity in CDML Refer to ISD Operations Part A Inflight Services
Policy, Procedures & Requirements, Chaper 10.]
Reconfirm with Galley Pursers that chillers &

galley powers are OFF (applicable to long transit
/ terminating station)
Transit
Turn ON "PC POWER"
Advise Flight Crew if pax remain onboard
n No smoking

Crew

A330-300 (A33E) Page 13
l Fuelling
l Customs
Carry out Transit Pax Headcount procedures, as Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
occurs)
Make P/A for Cabin Security checks or Security Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew
Check with Transit Pax Onboard, as required Passenger Address Handbook.
change occurs)
Carry out Cabin Security checks - as per Pre Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
Take-Off Cabin Security checks Manual - General Procedures, Chapter 2; Safety &
change occurs)

Cabin Security Checks completed

boarding


Reverse side blank

A330-300 (A33E) Page 1
SP2

visible
A. BCF
B. Life Jacket
E. Torch
A. AED
l Stowage E2L
A. Megaphone
B. O2 x2
C. PBE x2
D. Radio Beacon
A. CRD / Ext-Deactivation Seat Belt x12
B. First Aid Kit
Receive confirmation from FP2 & J1
l Report to ISM - JCL Emergency


A330-300 (A33E) Page 2

l Aerosol Insecticide Cans (as applicable) Refer to ISD Operations Part C Port and Hotel.
l Toilets L11 & L14 - check / dress with Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
toiletries & amenities Manual - General Procedures, Chapter 1.
l Inflight manuals in green bags sealed; if

seal is broken, check contents i.e.
n ISD Operations Part A Inflight

Services Policy, Procedures &
Requirements
n ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew

Operating Manual:
u General Procedures
u A330-300 (A33E)
u Safety and Emergency

Procedures
n Corporate Policy Manual

"Non-discrimination on the Basis of
Disability in Air Travel"
n Minimum Cabin Crew Operational

Checklists (A33E)
n Safety Demo Ann. Card
n 4 sets of:
u Security Search Checklist -

Cabin
u Suspected Bomb Onboard

Checklist
u Least Risk Bomb Location

(LRBL) Cabin Preparation
Checklist
n Oxygen Mask Layout Chart
Note: If any missing, report to ISM &

Flight Crew

A330-300 (A33E) Page 3
l Amenity Kits (as applicable) - Dr 2 SVC Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
CTR Manual - General Procedures, Chapter 5.
l CRS - o/head compt of 21A Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating

chillers)
l Lights

(as applicable) - LHS JCL cabin
l Supervise checks in JCL cabin and receive

feedbacks from J1

SVC CTR & LHS JCL cabin
l Supervise checks in JCL and receive

confirmation from FP2 & J1

cleaning
Attend to Flight Crew requirements if FP is

engaged with ground preparations
Matrix.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 4

Security checks.

CTR & LHS JCL cabin
l All closets / compts / stowage (G2, C1CL,

S1CL, S1L, E2L, S2L, S2CL, S1CA, S2CA)
n Stowage S1CA & S2CA - blue seal Refer to Chapter 1 Section 3.

intact
l Carts
l Trash bins
l All o/head compts
n Behind the seats
n Behind PTVs

n Ottomans
n Shoe lockers
n Side cabinets
n Table stowage
l Magazine racks
l L2 Seat

A330-300 (A33E) Page 5

FP2 & J1

Checks completed


boarded

leave the aircraft

Close L2 Door Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
frame

obtain permission from the Capt &
inform ISM
Matrix.

Door", check JCL area to ensure all pax are

show LOCKED

Pin & Red Streamer

A330-300 (A33E) Page 6
Receive thumbs up confirmation signal from J1

completed
l Play video
n Ensure correct video source & title is

selected


n Patrol Aft JCL cabin & ensure window

seat PTVs are deployed
u Report to ISM


EXITS

Aft JCL
l Carts
n Brakes ENGAGED
n Latches ENGAGED
l Electrics OFF - lights

A330-300 (A33E) Page 7

SECURED

STRAPPED
Check / secure - LHS JCL cabin
A. All Pax - SEATED

FASTENED
E. PCHs - STOWED


CLEARED
M. Tables - STOWED
X. NO SMOKING

A330-300 (A33E) Page 8

FP2 & J1
Report to ISM - JCL Pre Take-Off Checks

completed

After Take-Off

from Cabin Crew
Observe cabin temperature and adjust if

required
Carry out inflight service Refer to ISD Inflight Service Manual, Service Matrix.
l Amenity Kits (as applicable) Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
l Containers (labelled commissary)
l Inflight manuals in green bags

A330-300 (A33E) Page 9
Pre-Landing
& LHS JCL cabin Manual - Safety & Emergency Procedures, Chapter 1,

Check L2 Door

FP2 & J1
Report to ISM - JCL Pre-Landing Checks

completed

sign is OFF
Remain in L2 Seat

duties

l Lift access cover

visible

A330-300 (A33E) Page 10
Receive thumbs up confirmation signal from J1

completed


LHS JCL cabin Manual - General Procedures, Chapter 2, 4.

& toilets


Belts are returned to stowage. If any
discrepancy; e.g. missing, damaged, soiled;
report to ISM


FP2 & J1
l Report to ISM - JCL After Landing Checks

completed

A330-300 (A33E) Page 11
Transit
n No smoking

Crew
l Fuelling
l Customs
occurs)

change occurs.)

FP2 & J1

Checks completed
Reverse side blank

A330-300 (A33E) Page 1
FP2

visible
A. BCF
B. Life Jacket
D. Torch
l Stowage Fwd of Door
A. PBE
C. Splint Pack

completed

l Catering items - liaise with FP6, inform ISM

& SP2 total number of meals & special
meals information

chillers)
l Non-essential, if required

A330-300 (A33E) Page 2
Cabin Cleaning checks

SVC CTR


frame
Matrix.

Security checks.
personnel on board Manual - Safety & Emergency Procedures, Chapter 1.

CTR
l All closets / compts / stowage (G1, G1C,

GIL)
l Carts
l Trash bins
l Toilets L11 & L14
n Cabinets
n Compt under sink
n Receptacles
n Trash bin
l R1 Seat

A330-300 (A33E) Page 3

Boarding Position - RHS Fwd JCL cabin Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating

Matrix.

show LOCKED

Pin & Red Streamer

LIVE demo

n Patrol LHS Fwd JCL cabin & ensure

u Report to ISM

A330-300 (A33E) Page 4

EXITS

Fwd JCL
l Carts
n Brakes ENGAGED
n Latches ENGAGED


SECURED

STRAPPED
l Toilets L11 & L14 - UNOCCUPIED /

CLOSED


A330-300 (A33E) Page 5
After Take-Off


CTR
Pre-Landing
Clear Flight Deck
2.

Check R1 Door

A330-300 (A33E) Page 6

sign is OFF
Remain in R1 Seat

duties

l Lift access cover

visible

Toilets L11 & L14 Manual - General Procedures, Chapter 2, 4.

Ensure All galley electrics are OFF - Dr 1 SVC


A330-300 (A33E) Page 7
Transit
n No smoking

Crew
l Fuelling
l Customs
occurs)

frame
change occurs)
Reverse side blank

A330-300 (A33E) Page 1
FP6

visible
l R4 & R4A Seats, Harnesses Check serviceability.
l R4 & R4A Seat Areas / Compts
A. BCF
B. Life Jacket x2
D. Torch x2
l Compt Aft of Door
B. CRD / Ext-Deactivation Seat Belt x12
C. Crow Bar
D. Demonstration Kit
E. PBE
F. Splint Pack
l RHS Doghouse
A. O2 x2

following items:

A330-300 (A33E) Page 2
l O/head Compt Fwd of L4 Door
A. Additional Infant Floatation Device

(as required)
Receive confirmation from Y1, Y2 & Y4
l Report to ISM - YCL Emergency


l Catering items - liaise with FP2

chillers)
l Non-essential , if required

(as applicable) - RHS Aft YCL cabin

l Supervise checks in YCL cabin and

receive feedbacks from Y1, Y2 & Y4

SVC CTR & RHS Aft YCL cabin
l Supervise checks in YCL and receive

confirmation from Y1, Y2 & Y4

cleaning

A330-300 (A33E) Page 3

frame
Matrix.

Security checks.

CTR & RHS Aft YCL cabin
l All closets / compts / stowage (G5, G5R,

G6, G7, S8, adjacent to R3 crew seat)
l Carts
l Trash bins
l All o/head compts
n Amenity storages
l R4 & R4A Seats

Y1, Y2 & Y4

Checks completed

A330-300 (A33E) Page 4

Boarding Position - 1st row RHS Aft YCL cabin Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating

Matrix.

Door", check YCL area to ensure all pax are

show LOCKED

Pin & Red Streamer



A330-300 (A33E) Page 5

n Patrol RHS Aft YCL cabin
u Report to ISM


EXITS

Aft YCL
l Carts
n Brakes ENGAGED
n Latches ENGAGED


SECURED

STRAPPED
Check / secure - RHS Aft YCL cabin
A. All Pax - SEATED

FASTENED
E. Armrests - DOWN

A330-300 (A33E) Page 6

LATCHED

LATCHED
N. Doghouses - CLOSED / LATCHED
O. Exits / Aisles - CLEARED
P. Hand Baggages - STOWED
Q. O/head Compts - CLOSED / LATCHED
R. PEDs Accessories / Cords - STOWED
S. PEDs (Large) - TURNED OFF / STOWED
T. PEDs (Small) - OFF / "AIRPLANE MODE"
U. NO SMOKING
[V. Window Blinds - UP (request pax)]

Y1, Y2 & Y4
Report to ISM - YCL Pre Take-Off Checks

completed


A330-300 (A33E) Page 7
After Take-Off

from Cabin Crew


CTR
Pre-Landing
& RHS Aft YCL cabin Manual - Safety & Emergency Procedures, Chapter 1,

Check R4 Door

Y1, Y2 & Y4
Report to ISM - YCL Pre-Landing Checks

completed

A330-300 (A33E) Page 8

sign is OFF
Remain in R4 Seat

duties

l Lift access cover

visible

RHS Aft YCL cabin Manual - General Procedures, Chapter 2, 4.



Belts (including additional loading) are returned
to stowage. If any discrepancy; e.g. missing,
damaged, soiled; report to ISM

A330-300 (A33E) Page 9


Y1, Y2 & Y4
l Report to ISM - YCL After Landing Checks

completed
Door 4 for catering - give "thumbs up" signal to Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
Transit
n No smoking

Crew
l Fuelling
l Customs
occurs)

frame
change occurs)

Y1, Y2 & Y4

Checks completed
Reverse side blank

J1 (R2) ISD OPS PART B Section 5
A330-300 (A33E) Page 1
J1

visible
A. Life Jacket
C. Torch
A. Inflight Medical Kit
l Stowage E2R
A. H2O
B. O2 x2
C. PBE

completed

l Inflight wheelchair
l PTK Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating

l Security Check Kit x3
l Toilet L36 - check / dress with toiletries & Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
amenities Manual - General Procedures, Chapter 1.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 2

(as applicable) - RHS JCL cabin

JCL cabin


frame
Matrix.

Security checks.
Carry out Cabin Security checks - RHS JCL

cabin
l All closets / compts / stowage (C1CR,

S1CR, S1R, E2R, S2CR, S2R, S2RA)
l All o/head compts
n Behind the seats
n Behind PTVs


A330-300 (A33E) Page 3
n Ottomans
n Shoe lockers
n Side cabinets
n Table stowage
l Toilet L36
n Cabinets
n Compt under sink
n Receptacles
n Trash bin
l R2 Seat

Boarding Position - LHS Fwd JCL cabin Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating

Matrix.

show LOCKED

Pin & Red Streamer

A330-300 (A33E) Page 4

LIVE demo

n Patrol RHS Fwd JCL cabin & ensure

u Report to ISM

EXITS

Fwd JCL
Upon ISM P/A, check / secure - RHS JCL cabin Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
A. All Pax - SEATED

FASTENED
E. PCHs - STOWED


A330-300 (A33E) Page 5

CLEARED
M. Tables - STOWED
X. Toilet L36 - UNOCCUPIED / CLOSED
Y. NO SMOKING
[Z. Window Blinds - UP (request pax)]


A330-300 (A33E) Page 6
After Take-Off


Pre-Landing
Upon ISM P/A, check / secure - RHS JCL cabin Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
2.
Check R2 Door

sign is OFF
Remain in R2 Seat

duties

A330-300 (A33E) Page 7

l Lift access cover

visible
Proceed to LHS & RHS JCL / YCL cabin divider

after aircraft has come to a complete stop and
the "Fasten Seat Belt" sign is turned OFF
l Close / open both sides curtain between

JCL / YCL cabin

RHS JCL cabin Manual - General Procedures, Chapter 2, 4.

& toilets


Belts

A330-300 (A33E) Page 8
Transit
n No smoking

Crew
l Fuelling
l Customs
occurs)

frame
change occurs)

A330-300 (A33E) Page 1
Y1

visible
A. Life Jacket
C. Torch
l Stowage Next to R3 Seat
A. H2O
B. O2 x2
C. PBE
l Centre Doghouse
A. Biohazard Kit
B. Body Bag

completed


(as applicable) - RHS Fwd YCL cabin

A330-300 (A33E) Page 2

Fwd YCL cabin

Matrix.

Security checks.
Carry out Cabin Security checks - RHS Fwd

YCL cabin
l All o/head compts
n Amenity storages
l Toilets L52, L54 & L62
n Cabinets
n Compt under sink
n Receptacles
n Trash bin
l R3 Seat

A330-300 (A33E) Page 3

Boarding Position - RHS Aft JCL cabin Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
l Offer welcome drinks, newspapers, towels

etc. in JCL cabin as instructed

Matrix.

LOCKED

Pin & Red Streamer
l Door locking indicator show "LOCKED"

for LIVE demo

A330-300 (A33E) Page 4

n Patrol RHS Fwd YCL cabin
u Report to ISM

EXITS

Fwd YCL
A. All Pax - SEATED

FASTENED
E. Armrests - DOWN

LATCHED

LATCHED

A330-300 (A33E) Page 5
S. Toilets L52, L54 & L62 - UNOCCUPIED &

CLOSED
T. NO SMOKING

After Take-Off



A330-300 (A33E) Page 6
Pre-Landing
Check R3 Door

sign is OFF
Remain in R3 Seat

duties

l Lift access cover

visible

A330-300 (A33E) Page 7

RHS Fwd YCL cabin Manual - General Procedures, Chapter 2, 4.



Belts
Transit
n No smoking

Crew
l Fuelling
l Customs
occurs)

change occurs)
Reverse side blank

A330-300 (A33E) Page 1
Y2

visible
A. BCF
B. Life Jacket
D. Pocket Mask and Gloves Kit
E. Torch
l Stowage Next to L3 Seat
A. O2 x2
B. PBE
B. First Aid Kit
l Centre Doghouse
A. FireSock Kit
[]

completed

Video check for VIDEO Safety Demonstration

(as applicable) - LHS Fwd YCL cabin

A330-300 (A33E) Page 2

Fwd YCL cabin

Matrix.

Security checks.
Carry out Cabin Security checks - LHS Fwd YCL

cabin
l All o/head compts
n Amenity storages
l Toilets L53 & L61
n Cabinets
n Compt under sink
n Receptacles
n Trash bin
l L3 Seat

A330-300 (A33E) Page 3

Boarding Position - 1st row LHS Fwd YCL cabin Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating

Matrix.

LOCKED

Pin & Red Streamer
l Door locking indicator show LOCKED

Y1

completed

for LIVE demo

A330-300 (A33E) Page 4

n Patrol LHS Fwd YCL cabin
u Report to ISM

EXITS
l LIVE Safety Demo Position - LHS row 45
A. All Pax - SEATED

FASTENED
E. Armrests - DOWN

LATCHED

LATCHED

A330-300 (A33E) Page 5
S. Toilets L53 & L61 - UNOCCUPIED &

CLOSED
T. NO SMOKING

After Take-Off



A330-300 (A33E) Page 6
Pre-Landing
Check L3 Door

sign is OFF
Remain in L3 Seat

duties

l Lift access cover

visible

Y1

completed

A330-300 (A33E) Page 7

LHS Fwd YCL cabin Manual - General Procedures, Chapter 2, 4.



Belts
Transit
n No smoking

Crew
l Fuelling
l Customs
occurs)

change occurs)
Reverse side blank

A330-300 (A33E) Page 1
Y4

visible
A. BCF
B. Life Jacket x2
E. Torch x2
l Compt Aft of Door
C. First Aid Kit
D. Megaphone
E. PBE
F. Protective Gloves
G. Radio Beacon
l Under Last Row Pax Seats
A. O2 x2

following items:

A330-300 (A33E) Page 2
l Behind Last Row of Centre Seats
A. PBE

completed

l Sharps box (Dr 4 SVC CTR)
l Toilets L52, L53, L54, L61 & L62 - check / Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating
dress with toiletries & amenities Manual - General Procedures, Chapter 1.

(as applicable) - LHS Aft YCL cabin


Aft YCL cabin

Matrix.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 3

Security checks.
Carry out Cabin Security checks - LHS Aft YCL

cabin

L3 crew seat)
l All o/head compts
n Amenity storages
l L4 & L4A Seats

Boarding Position - 1st row LHS Aft YCL cabin Refer to ISD Operations Part B Cabin Crew Operating

Matrix.

A330-300 (A33E) Page 4

show "LOCKED"

Pin & Red Streamer
l Move mode selector to "ARMED"

FP6

completed



n Patrol LHS Aft YCL cabin
u Report to ISM

EXITS
l LIVE - LHS row 66

A330-300 (A33E) Page 5
A. All Pax - SEATED

FASTENED
E. Armrests - DOWN

LATCHED

LATCHED
N. Exits / Aisles - CLEARED
O. Hand Baggages - STOWED
P. O/head Compts - CLOSED / LATCHED
Q. PEDs Accessories / Cords - STOWED
R. PEDs (Large) - TURNED OFF / STOWED
S. PEDs (Small) - OFF / "AIRPLANE MODE"
T. NO SMOKING

A330-300 (A33E) Page 6

After Take-Off


Pre-Landing
Check L4 Door
l Mode selector in "ARMED"

A330-300 (A33E) Page 7

sign is OFF
Remain in L4 Seat

duties

l Lift access cover

visible

FP6

completed

A330-300 (A33E) Page 8

LHS Aft YCL cabin Manual - General Procedures, Chapter 2, 4.



Belts
Transit
n No smoking

Crew
l Fuelling
l Customs
occurs)

change occurs)

A 33 e

Încărcat de

Informații document

Titlu original

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

A 33 e

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

CATHAY PACIFIC AIRWAYS LIMITED

INFLIGHT SERVICES DEPARTMENT

CABIN CREW OPERATING MANUAL -

This manual forms part of the Operations Manual for

The holder of this manual is

Cathay Pacific Confidential and Proprietary.

UNCONTROLLED IF DOWNLOADED OR PRINTED

Cabin Crew Duties & Tasks

Chapter 2 A33E Normal Crew Complement

Chapter 3 A33E Minimum Crew Complement

Reverse side blank

UNCONTROLLED IF DOWNLOADED OR PRINTED

Revision Record Sheet

UNCONTROLLED IF DOWNLOADED OR PRINTED

Temporary Revision Record Sheet

UNCONTROLLED IF DOWNLOADED OR PRINTED

List Of Effective Pages

PAGE DATE PAGE DATE

Introductory 1-4-3/4 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15

UNCONTROLLED IF DOWNLOADED OR PRINTED

PAGE DATE PAGE DATE

[1-8-7/IB 30 SEP 15 2-2-1/2 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15

Cabin Crew Duties & Tasks

UNCONTROLLED IF DOWNLOADED OR PRINTED

[3-2-7/8 30 SEP 15 / 30 SEP 15

Reverse side blank

UNCONTROLLED IF DOWNLOADED OR PRINTED

Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS)

UNCONTROLLED IF DOWNLOADED OR PRINTED

UNCONTROLLED IF DOWNLOADED OR PRINTED

Passenger Entertainment System (PES)

Reverse side blank

UNCONTROLLED IF DOWNLOADED OR PRINTED

Length - Overall 63.689 m (208 ft 11.5 in)

Wing Span 60.304 m (197 ft 10 in)

Vertical Tail Height 16.828 m (55 ft 2.5 in)

Door / Exits 6 Main Doors

Cabin Crew Stations 2 single seats at L1 Door

1 single seat at R1 Door

1 single seat at L2 and R2 Doors

1 single seat at L3 and R3 Doors

2 single seats at L4 and R4 Doors

Maximum operating altitude Flight level 12,496.8 m (41,000 ft)

Maximum design speed VMO / MMO* 330 knots/0.86 mach

* Variable Metering Orifice / Mach Maximum Operating

UNCONTROLLED IF DOWNLOADED OR PRINTED

UNCONTROLLED IF DOWNLOADED OR PRINTED

l Two inboard retracting MAIN GEARS

l One forward retracting NOSE GEAR

MAIN LANDING GEAR

Auxilliary Power Unit

UNCONTROLLED IF DOWNLOADED OR PRINTED

Aircraft Deck Structure

BULK CARGO COMPARTMENT

FWD CARGO AFT CARGO COMPARTMENT

BULK CARGO DOOR AFT CARGO DOOR FWD CARGO DOOR

UNCONTROLLED IF DOWNLOADED OR PRINTED

Door / Exit Location

Reverse side blank

UNCONTROLLED IF DOWNLOADED OR PRINTED

Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS)

l Air conditioning (temperature indication and control)

l Water / Waste Related Indication